The course begins with readings setting forth the intellectual and experiential background of the framing, including common law and natural rights theory, republicanism, economic & political scientific ideas, and colonial and post-Independence experience. We then study large parts of the debates at the Constitutional Convention, primarily using Madison's Notes. Next come the ratification debates, including readings from antifederalist writers, about half of The Federalist, and overviews of the Virginia and New York ratification conventions. We conclude with the addition of the Bill of Rights. Classes consist of a combination of lecture and extensive participation by students. Elements used in grading: Exam. Cross-listed with History (HISTORY 153).

Terms: Spr | Units: 4

Instructors: ; McConnell, M. (PI)

LAW 233: Antitrust

Legal and economic concepts of competition and monopoly; policy and judicial interpretations of the Sherman and Clayton acts and their applications to business practices and industrial structure. Ethical considerations.

Last offered: Autumn 2008 | Units: 3

LAW 233: Antitrust

Antitrust law sets the ground rules for competition. This course will explore the basic concepts in antitrust law. We will examine cartels and competitor collaborations, monopolization, vertical restraints and mergers. There are no prerequisites for this course. No economic background is required. The course is open to GSB students and graduate students in the Economics Department. To apply for this course, non-Law students must complete a Non-Law Student Add Request Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Non-Law Students). Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance and final exam.

Terms: Spr | Units: 4

Instructors: ; van Schewick, B. (PI)

LAW 236: Art and the Law

This course covers the legal, public policy, and ethical issues that concern artists, art dealers, auction houses, museums, collectors, and others who comprise the world of visual art. Our focus will be on artists' rights (including copyright, resale royalties, moral rights, and freedom of expression issues), how the market in art functions (such as the artist-dealer relationship, auction rules, and issues faced by collectors), and the legal and ethical rules governing the collection, donation, and display of visual art, particularly for museums and their donors. The course focuses on certain recurrent themes: How do statutes and courts define (or attempt to define) art-and how is art defined differently for different legal purposes? How does the special character of art justify or require different treatment under the law from that accorded other tangible personal property, and how does (and should) the expressive nature of art affect the way it is owned, protected, regulated, or funded? We anticipate having two or three visitors to the class during the quarter, such as a gallery owner, auctioneer, and museum director. In addition, we will also have the students participate in at least one or two interactive negotiation simulation exercises inspired by real situations and controversies in the art world. Special Instructions: Students have the option to write a research paper in lieu of the final exam with consent of instructor. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance, final paper or final exam.

| Units: 2

LAW 236: Art and the Law

International law and the fate of works of art in wartime. International trade in stolen and illegally exported art and antiquities. Artist rights such as moral right, copyright, and resale right. Artistic freedom and its limits. Artist relationships with dealers, commissions, live-work space, toxic hazards, taxes, estate planning, and legal services . The collector. Counterfeit art. The legal character and obligations of museums, and their trustees, directors, and staff. The National Endowment for the Arts and Humanities.

| Units: 3

This course is an introduction to the basic legal rules and principles governing the relations among managers, investors, and (to a lesser extent) creditors in the business enterprise. The course is the foundation for advanced business courses. We focus on problems that arise because a firm's managers and owners have conflicting interests. We examine the costs associated with this conflict and how markets, legal rules, and contracts address them. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance, written assignments, midterm, final exam.

Terms: Aut | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Klausner, M. (PI); Cachia, K. (GP)

LAW 243: Bayesian Statistics and Econometrics

Linear and nonlinear regression, covariance structures, panel data, qualitative variable models, nonparametric and semiparametric methods, time series, Bayesian model averaging and variable selection. Bayesian methodology including Markov chain Monte Carlo methods, hierarchical models, model checking, mixture models, empirical Bayes approaches, approximations, and computational issues and foundations. Prerequisite: graduate-level econometrics or equivalent.

Last offered: Autumn 2008 | Units: 2-6

LAW 245: China Law and Business

This introductory course provides an overview of the Chinese legal system and business environment and examines Chinese legal rules and principles in select business-related areas. These areas include intellectual property, dispute resolution, foreign investment, mergers and acquisitions, antimonopoly law, and environment. Through active class participation and analysis of business case studies, students will learn both the law in the books and the law in action, as well as strategies that businesses could use to overcome limitations in the Chinese legal system. Leaders from the law and business community will be invited to share their experiences and insights. This course is particularly suitable for law students and students enrolled in the MBA program and/or the East Asian Studies Program. Undergraduates who have permission from the instructor may also take this course. A Stanford Non-Law Student Course Registration Form is available on the SLS Registrar's Office website. Elements used in grading: Class participation (30%) and extended take-home exam (70%).

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Gechlik, M. (PI)

This seminar covers high profile legal controversies from the previous few years. Topics to be covered this semester will include recent Supreme Court decisions concerning affirmative action, the Voting Rights Act, campaign finance, the First Amendment, national security, and criminal procedure, as well as other legislative controversies and cases pending during the term. Students are required to complete a considerable amount of reading each week and participate actively in the seminar. The final paper will be approximately 30 pages in length and will concern a topic of the student's choice dealing with law and politics. Students can take the seminar for either 2 or 3 units. Students taking the seminar for 3 units are required to complete weekly written assignments in addition to the final paper. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), for 3 units with instructor consent. Elements used in grading: Class participation, final paper and written assignments (optional).

Terms: Aut | Units: 2-3

Instructors: ; Liu, G. (PI); Persily, N. (PI)

Focus is on issues of separation of powers and federalism. Topics such as the treaty power, war powers, and customary international law. Current controversies, including those arising from the war on terrorism, Supreme Court cases related to the death penalty and the Vienna Convention on Consular Relations, the Alien Tort Claims Act, and international trade agreements such as the WTO and NAFTA. Recommended: LAW 283.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 3

LAW 272A: Organizations and Transactions Clinic: Clinical Practice

The O&T Clinic is targeted at both students planning to do M&A, finance, securities, IP licensing or other corporate or transactional work at major firms and those seeking to explore a non-litigation, advisory-oriented practice. In the clinic, students develop legal advice, learn to review and write contracts and governance materials, meet with client executives, examine commercial relationships, and receive extensive feedback about their work. No prior experience in business, finance, or corporate law is necessary. Students work on structural, programmatic, contractual, affiliation, and governance matters for corporate entities. Students typically represent multiple clients during the term, interact with client CEOs, CFOs, board members, and general counsels, and work in teams with other students and the instructors. Students receive detailed comments about the design, content, and execution of work-products and client communications, and about their performance in client meetings and calls. Students regularly assess their own work throughout the quarter and prepare a self-evaluation at the end of the term. O&T clients are all established Northern California nonprofit corporations. Most of the clients generate annual revenues in the range of $1 - $25 million, and some are considerably larger. We focus on these organizations because they are corporations that typically have substantial governance and external disclosure obligations, active boards of directors, audited financial statements, complex programs, varied collaborations, and diverse funding sources and contractual relationships -- all of which are relevant to and productive of corporate work -- yet are small enough that the clinic's contact is a senior executive. We think they provide excellent material for students learning about organizational representation and institutional corporate practice. The course includes a seminar that generally meets twice a week. Seminar meetings focus on student-led workshops regarding client projects, and on orientation to corporate practice, including discussion of core commercial relationships such as acquisition, credit, and licensing, and practice skills such as transaction planning and management. Evaluation and grading are based on detailed points of emphasis that reflect ways of working we believe characterize an effective lawyer and responsible colleague. Course design and operation reflect the instructors' combined 40+ years of corporate practice representing consumer products, finance, technology, and life science companies, in both law firm and senior in-house roles. Information about prior projects is available from the instructors and on the SLS website. Special Instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses - - The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: The syllabus includes specific expectations and criteria relating to methodical analysis, close reading, efficient writing, effective collaboration, and crisp execution, applicable across client and seminar work. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Aut, Spr | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Mitchell, J. (PI); Sonu, M. (PI)

LAW 272B: Organizations and Transactions Clinic: Clinical Methods

The O&T Clinic is targeted at both students planning to do M&A, finance, securities, IP licensing or other corporate or transactional work at major firms and those seeking to explore a non-litigation, advisory-oriented practice. In the clinic, students develop legal advice, learn to review and write contracts and governance materials, meet with client executives, examine commercial relationships, and receive extensive feedback about their work. No prior experience in business, finance, or corporate law is necessary. Students work on structural, programmatic, contractual, affiliation, and governance matters for corporate entities. Students typically represent multiple clients during the term, interact with client CEOs, CFOs, board members, and general counsels, and work in teams with other students and the instructors. Students receive detailed comments about the design, content, and execution of work-products and client communications, and about their performance in client meetings and calls. Students regularly assess their own work throughout the quarter and prepare a self-evaluation at the end of the term. O&T clients are all established Northern California nonprofit corporations. Most of the clients generate annual revenues in the range of $1 - $25 million, and some are considerably larger. We focus on these organizations because they are corporations that typically have substantial governance and external disclosure obligations, active boards of directors, audited financial statements, complex programs, varied collaborations, and diverse funding sources and contractual relationships -- all of which are relevant to and productive of corporate work -- yet are small enough that the clinic's contact is a senior executive. We think they provide excellent material for students learning about organizational representation and institutional corporate practice. The course includes a seminar that generally meets twice a week. Seminar meetings focus on student-led workshops regarding client projects, and on orientation to corporate practice, including discussion of core commercial relationships such as acquisition, credit, and licensing, and practice skills such as transaction planning and management. Evaluation and grading are based on detailed points of emphasis that reflect ways of working we believe characterize an effective lawyer and responsible colleague. Course design and operation reflect the instructors' combined 40+ years of corporate practice representing consumer products, finance, technology, and life science companies, in both law firm and senior in-house roles. Information about prior projects is available from the instructors and on the SLS website. Special Instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses - - The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: The syllabus includes specific expectations and criteria relating to methodical analysis, close reading, efficient writing, effective collaboration, and crisp execution, applicable across client and seminar work. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Aut, Spr | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Mitchell, J. (PI); Sonu, M. (PI)

LAW 272C: Organizations and Transactions Clinic: Clinical Coursework

The O&T Clinic is targeted at both students planning to do M&A, finance, securities, IP licensing or other corporate or transactional work at major firms and those seeking to explore a non-litigation, advisory-oriented practice. In the clinic, students develop legal advice, learn to review and write contracts and governance materials, meet with client executives, examine commercial relationships, and receive extensive feedback about their work. No prior experience in business, finance, or corporate law is necessary. Students work on structural, programmatic, contractual, affiliation, and governance matters for corporate entities. Students typically represent multiple clients during the term, interact with client CEOs, CFOs, board members, and general counsels, and work in teams with other students and the instructors. Students receive detailed comments about the design, content, and execution of work-products and client communications, and about their performance in client meetings and calls. Students regularly assess their own work throughout the quarter and prepare a self-evaluation at the end of the term. O&T clients are all established Northern California nonprofit corporations. Most of the clients generate annual revenues in the range of $1 - $25 million, and some are considerably larger. We focus on these organizations because they are corporations that typically have substantial governance and external disclosure obligations, active boards of directors, audited financial statements, complex programs, varied collaborations, and diverse funding sources and contractual relationships -- all of which are relevant to and productive of corporate work -- yet are small enough that the clinic's contact is a senior executive. We think they provide excellent material for students learning about organizational representation and institutional corporate practice. The course includes a seminar that generally meets twice a week. Seminar meetings focus on student-led workshops regarding client projects, and on orientation to corporate practice, including discussion of core commercial relationships such as acquisition, credit, and licensing, and practice skills such as transaction planning and management. Evaluation and grading are based on detailed points of emphasis that reflect ways of working we believe characterize an effective lawyer and responsible colleague. Course design and operation reflect the instructors' combined 40+ years of corporate practice representing consumer products, finance, technology, and life science companies, in both law firm and senior in-house roles. Information about prior projects is available from the instructors and on the SLS website. Special Instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses - - The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: The syllabus includes specific expectations and criteria relating to methodical analysis, close reading, efficient writing, effective collaboration, and crisp execution, applicable across client and seminar work. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Aut, Spr | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Mitchell, J. (PI); Sonu, M. (PI)

LAW 274: Advanced Immigrants' Rights Clinic

The Immigrants' Rights Advanced Clinic offers the opportunity for students who have already successfully completed the Immigrants' Rights Clinic to pursue: a specific immigrants' rights advocacy project; advanced individual client representation; and/or working with the clinic director to provide direction/guidance to those enrolled in the Clinic for the first time. All advanced Clinic projects will be jointly designed by the director and the advanced student. Advanced students providing guidance/direction to first-time students will receive additional training on providing supervision. Special instructions: Advanced students are expected to attend the case-rounds portion of the weekly seminar, and to participate as needed in the lecture/discussion portion of the seminar. Advanced students may arrange with the instructor to receive between two and seven units. No student may receive more than 27 overall clinical credits, however, during the course of the student's law school career. Elements used in grading: Attendance and participation in class, project work, writing assignments, and case preparation. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Aut, Win, Spr | Units: 2-7 | Repeatable 6 times (up to 12 units total)

Instructors: ; Srikantiah, J. (PI); Weissman-Ward, L. (PI)

LAW 277: Economic Analysis of Law

(Same as PUBLPOL 202B.) Core course for Public Policy master's students. How legal rules and institutions can correct market failures.The economic function of contracts; role of legal remedies to resolve disputes when contracts fail. The choice between encouraging private parties to initiate legal actions to correct externalities and governmental actors such as regulatory authorities. Economics of litigation; how private incentives to bring lawsuits differ from the social value of litigation. Economic motives to commit crimes; optimal governmental response to crime. Prerequisites: intermediate-level microeconomics; some calculus.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 3

LAW 278: The Article III Judge

The contemporary debate over the proper role of a federal judge under the Constitution turns, in large measure, on what it is we think an Article III judge is doing when she is called upon to resolve a "case or controversy." Is she looking for the fair result? If so, by whose lights? Is she a political actor, or is she instead looking for a rule of decision that has been previously established by law (a "mere translator" of the law, in Justice Frankfurter's words). If so, by natural law or positive law? These are some of the questions we will consider in discussing what role a federal judge plays when she exercises "the judicial Power of the United States" conferred by Article III of the Constitution. Readings will include books and articles by some of the leading legal thinkers in the nation's history. Special Instructions: This class will meet the first three weeks of the quarter only. Elements used in grading: Class attendance and participation, reading the assigned material, and a 10-15 page paper that uses the readings to analyze a significant judicial opinion. Special Instructions: This class will meet the first three weeks of the quarter only.

Terms: Win | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Griffith, T. (PI)

LAW 280: Toxic Harms

This seminar will examine the concerns arising from exposure to toxic substances from a variety of perspectives. A principal focus will be tort liability, and a central theme in the course will be whether tort law is an effective method of compensating victims of toxic exposure and controlling the distribution and/or emission of toxic substances. In order to assess the efficacy of tort, it is essential to compare the liability system with alternatives such as restructured "public law" litigation, administrative compensation schemes, and regulatory control strategies. Moreover, it seems equally important that these options be grounded in a concrete understanding of the major current problem areas. To accomplish these aims, the course will focus on a number of specific present concerns, including tobacco, asbestos, anti-inflammatory drugs, and workplace emissions exposures. In each instance, we will look at the nature of the public health problem as well as ensuing tort litigation and regulatory activity. In addition to examining these distinctive problem areas, we will look at broader, cross-cutting institutional reform proposals that have received recent attention. Students in Section (01) will write three ten-page writing exercises on topics discussed in class. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), and have the option to write a final independent research paper for Research credit, with instructor consent. Elements used in grading: Three ten-page writing exercises or final independent research paper. Early drop deadline.

Terms: Win | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Rabin, R. (PI)

LAW 281: Natural Resources Law and Policy

Natural resource management presents extremely difficult and contentious issues of law and public policy. Major debates continue to rage over issues such as the Endangered Species Act, whether the United States should permit drilling in the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge, and how to prevent the overfishing of the oceans. This course will focus on two major aspects of natural-resource management: biodiversity protection (including the Endangered Species Act, ocean fisheries management, and global protection of marine mammals) and public lands in the United States such as national parks and wilderness areas. The course also will examine the National Environmental Protection Act and the effectiveness of environmental impact assessments. Class sessions will include critical examinations of current law and policy and in-depth discussions of situational case studies that force you to consider how you would resolve real-life issues. Students will be expected to participate actively in class discussions. (This course will not examine either water law or energy law in any depth. Water Law will be offered again in the 2015-2016 academic year. Several other courses in the Law School deal with energy-law questions.) Elements used in grading: Class participation and final exam (open book).

Terms: Aut | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Thompson, B. (PI)

LAW 283: Federal Courts

This course addresses the role of the federal courts in the American system of federalism and separation of powers, as well as their role in the development of substantive federal law and constitutional rights. A central premise of the course is that the institutional, political, and constitutional features of federal court litigation cannot be understood without engaging the historical context, especially the social, political, and legal movements, in response to which the federal courts have developed. Thus while many of the traditional aspects of federal court jurisprudence will be covered (e.g., federal common law including implied rights of action, justiciability doctrines and other doctrines of restraint, congressional power to limit the jurisdiction of the federal courts and to create "legislative courts" outside of Article III, Supreme Court review of judgments, state sovereign immunity, litigating against the government, and federal habeas corpus), doctrine will be placed alongside interdisciplinary readings on social, political, and theoretical accounts that reveal how the courts and ordinary Americans have come to understand the distinctive role of the federal courts, as well as claims for expansion or contraction of their powers. The course is strongly recommended for students interested in pursuing a career in litigation and/or judicial clerkships in the federal courts. Elements used in grading: Class attendance, class participation, take home exam and short paper.

Terms: Win | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Spaulding, N. (PI)

LAW 283: Federal Courts

The role of the federal courts in the American system of federalism and separation of powers, and their role in the development of substantive federal law and constitutional rights. Historical context, especially the social, political, and legal movements, in response to which the federal courts have developed. Traditional aspects of federal court jurisprudence. Interdisciplinary readings.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 3

LAW 283: Federal Courts

This course considers the role of the federal courts in the federal system. It is both an advanced course in constitutional law and a course on the institutional design of the federal courts. In the first aspect, we consider two great themes: the allocation of power between the states and the federal government -- federalism -- and the relationship between the federal courts and the political branches of the national government -- separation of powers. In the other aspect, we focus on the structure of the judicial system, the scope and limits of federal judicial power, essential aspects of federal court procedure, and the evolving structural response of the federal courts to changes in technology, commerce, government, and a multitude of factors that affect the business of the federal courts and the role of federal judges. Topics will include the original and appellate jurisdiction of the federal courts, Supreme Court review of state court judgments, federal common law including implied rights of action, Congressional power to limit the jurisdiction of the federal courts and to create adjudicative bodies within the federal government but outside the requirements of Article III, state sovereign immunity, justiciability, abstention and other doctrines of restraint, and the role of the federal courts in the war on terrorism. This course is highly recommended for students planning to practice in the federal courts, and many judges consider it essential preparation for a judicial clerkship. This course complements Constitutional Litigation (Law 641), and students, especially those who plan to clerk, will benefit from taking both courses. In-School: Three hour exam. Students may consult course materials and their own notes, but not treatises, including Chemerinsky, commercial outlines, or student notes from past years or other schools. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance and final exam.

Terms: Aut | Units: 5

Instructors: ; Alexander, J. (PI)

LAW 285: International Trade Regulation

This course will survey the law and policy of the WTO system and related legal regimes. Topics will include the relationship between international and domestic law, the WTO dispute resolution system, legal restrictions on border instruments, nondiscrimination obligations in international trade, preferential trading agreements such as NAFTA, the perceived tension between WTO obligations and domestic environmental/health/safety regulations, subsidies in international trade, antidumping law, trade in services, and investor rights under trade agreements. Elements used in grading: Class participation and final exam.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Sykes, A. (PI)

LAW 285: International Trade Regulation

Law and policy of the WTO system and related national laws. Topics include the relationship between international and domestic law, the international dispute resolution system, legal restrictions on traditional barriers to trade, nondiscrimination obligations in international trade, trade and the environment, technical barriers to trade, safeguards and adjustment mechanisms, antidumping and countervailing duty law, and trade services.

Last offered: Autumn 2008 | Units: 3

LAW 287: Advanced Juelsgaard Intellectual Property and Innovation Clinic

Advanced clinic allows students who have taken the Advanced Juelsgaard Intellectual Property and Innovation Clinic to continue working on cases. Advanced clinic may be taken for 2-7 units. Students may not enroll in any clinic (basic or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career.

Terms: Aut, Win, Spr | Units: 2-7

Instructors: ; Malone, P. (PI); Pearlman, J. (PI)

LAW 288: Governance and Ethics: Anti-Corruption Law, Compliance and Enforcement

Laws and regulations in the U.S. governing ethical conduct of public and industry officials and the extent to which they reflect the moral values of the community and the principles central to a democratic government. Alternative approaches to ethical conduct based on principles and values rather than compliance. Emerging global ethical and governance standards, reporting principles, and their application to emerging markets. How cultural, religious, and moral differences might impact the effectiveness of these standards.

| Units: 3

LAW 290: Evidence

Evidence rules constrain proof at criminal and civil trials. We will study the Federal Rules of Evidence, related case law, and those constitutional concepts that limit proof at criminal trials. Topics include relevance, unfair prejudice, character evidence, impeachment, the rape shield law, hearsay, and the Confrontation and Compulsory Process Clauses. Please note that the California Bar Examiners have posted this announcement: "Applicants should be prepared to answer questions that have issues concerning the Federal Rules of Evidence and the California Evidence Code. Applicants should be prepared to compare and contrast the differences between the Federal Rules and the California Evidence Code, especially where the California rules of evidence have no specific counterparts in the Federal Rules." This evidence course covers only the Federal Rules of Evidence and does not address the California Evidence Code. Although similar principles of law govern the Federal Rules and California Code, the two sets of rules are not identical. Students preparing for the California Bar Exam will have to learn some new material. Special Instructions: Add-drop decisions need to be resolved by the end of the first week of instruction; no drops will be permitted thereafter. Elements used in grading: Final exam (one-half essay and one-half multiple choice).

Terms: Win | Units: 5

Instructors: ; Fisher, G. (PI); Holgado, A. (GP); Sheeler, P. (GP)

LAW 290: Evidence

Evidence rules constrain proof at criminal and civil trials. We will study the Federal Rules of Evidence, related case law, and those constitutional concepts that limit proof at criminal trials. Topics include relevance, unfair prejudice, character evidence, impeachment, the rape shield law, hearsay, and the Confrontation Clause. Please note that the California Bar Examiners have announced that "[t]he scope of the subject titled 'evidence' will include the California Code of Evidence." It appears that "include" means that the bar examination addresses both the Federal Rules of Evidence and the California Evidence Code. This evidence course covers only the Federal Rules of Evidence and does not address the California Code. Although the same principles of law govern the California and Federal rules, the two sets of rules are not identical, and students preparing for the California Bar Exam will have to learn some new material. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance and final exam.

Terms: Spr | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Gordon, R. (PI)

LAW 290: Evidence

This course examines the law of proof, with special attention to the Federal Rules of Evidence, constitutional restrictions on proving facts in criminal cases, and selected provisions of the California Evidence Code that diverge significantly from federal law. Topics include relevance, unfair prejudice, hearsay, confrontation, character evidence, impeachment, and expert witnesses. Special Instructions: Add-drop decisions need to be resolved by the end of the first week of instruction; no drops will be permitted thereafter. Elements used in grading: Final Exam.

Terms: Win | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Sklansky, D. (PI)

LAW 291: Evidence, Advanced

Goal is to develop witness interrogation skills. Direct and cross examination of lay and expert witnesses, introduction of documentary evidence, and use of illustrative evidence in California and federal courts. The art of examining friendly and hostile witnesses. Enrollment limited to six. Prerequisite: 290, application

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 3

LAW 293: Family Law

If there were no legal institution called marriage, would we want to create one? In the context of people's intimate relationships, when and how does the law facilitate and reinforce people's preferences/choices, and when does and should it restrict them? What are (and should be) the sources of legally enforceable obligations between intimates or family members? How does and should the law take account of children, who cannot fend for themselves? This course will consider these questions and more. Elements used in grading: Exam, with minor adjustments for class participation.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Banks, R. (PI)

LAW 293: Family Law

Rules regarding the making and breaking of legally recognized relationships, especially those between marital partners and parents and children. Focus is on the institution of marriage.

Last offered: Winter 2008 | Units: 3

LAW 297: Entertainment Law

Entertainment law is not, in and of itself, a separate legal discipline. Instead, the practice of entertainment law lies at the intersection of various traditional legal disciplines, such as contract, tort, copyright, trademark, antitrust, secured transactions, etc., and applies those disciplines to a unique business setting. This course is intended to approach the study of entertainment law from a practical perspective, applying the principles of traditional legal disciplines to avoid problems and find solutions in various facets of the entertainment industry. To accomplish the necessary background, we will study the entertainment industry from both a macro level (i.e., the organization of the motion picture, television and music business, including the function of studios, producers, networks, record companies, agencies, managers, lawyers and labor unions) and a micro level (i.e., examining actual agreements in order to understand the principal components of motion picture talent, production and distribution contracts, television series contracts, music and book publishing contracts). We will also examine key litigation issues that affect the industry, such as the interaction of the First Amendment and the right of publicity, the right of privacy and libel, the anti-SLAPP laws, the "final cut" and profit participation cases. The impact of the digital media (including the internet) will, of course, be analyzed, along with the future of the entertainment industry, including convergence, holograms, syntho-thespians and the like. We plan to include guest speakers from the entertainment industry so that this class will embody both business and legal considerations. The overall goals of this course are (1) to expose students to the unique and increasingly complex structure of the entertainment business; (2) to foster an understanding of the role the law and entertainment lawyers play in that unique business structure; (3) to strengthen students' ability to draft key documents and craft persuasive legal arguments to accomplish the goals they may seek to achieve as lawyers in the entertainment industry; and (4) to develop the analytical and problem-solving skills necessary to make them into effective entertainment lawyers. Elements used in grading: Class participation, brief writing exercises, team contract negotiation and drafting projects. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Eskenazi, B. (PI); Fields, B. (PI)

LAW 300: Securities Litigation

Securities litigation is a multi-billion dollar enterprise that addresses a complex web of legal, economic, and public policy questions that often have international implications. The course focuses on "big-ticket" class actions associated with potential SEC enforcement proceedings, criminal exposure, and foreign liability. The BP oil spill, GM ignition recall, Enron fraud, and Foreign Corrupt Practices Act cases serve as touch points for analysis. In addition to teaching substantive skills useful for success as a litigator or transaction attorney, the course addresses a range of public policy questions, including optimal damage rules, whether entities or individuals should be held responsible for corporate wrongdoing, and the operation, consequences, and enforcement of anti-corruption regimes. Elements used in grading: Final Exam.

Terms: Spr | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Grundfest, J. (PI); Brown, G. (GP)

LAW 301: Labor Law

This course will consider the fundamental legal principles affecting collective labor relations in the private sector workplace, with particular attention to the National Labor Relations Act. Students will consider the strategies adopted by labor groups, employers, and legal actors in response to evolving economic and social conditions. The course will emphasize union organizing, the collective bargaining process, and related topics, including the scope of statutory coverage, interference with union rights, elections, negotiations, strikes, picketing, secondary boycotts, arbitration, and individual employee rights in the labor-management context. There is no prerequisite for the course. Special Instructions: Regular, punctual attendance is required. If you expect (or are unexpectedly forced) to miss more than two classes, please consult with the instructor as soon as possible, as exceptions will be considered on a case-by-case basis. Early Add/Drop Deadline: Add/Drop decisions must be made the first week of class. Exceptions are at the instructor's discretion and will be considered on a case-by-case basis. Elements used in grading: Final Exam.

| Units: 3

LAW 304: Law and the Rhetorical Tradition

In this interdisciplinary seminar we will explore the rhetorical underpinnings of legal argument. In the first half of the course, we will acquaint ourselves with relevant elements of the rhetorical tradition. In the second half, we will analyze a variety of legal texts (both written and oral) with an eye to the use and function of rhetorical principles, as well as the ways form and content are mutually constitutive. This course aims both to increase students' understanding of rhetoric as readers and interpreters of legal texts and to develop students' skills as writers and speakers. Students will be expected to participate in class discussion in addition to completing a series of writing assignments including the rhetorical analysis of legal and non-legal texts and the revision of students' legal writing. Special Instructions: This course can satisfy either the Writing "W" or Research "R" requirement. The instructor and the student must agree whether the student will receive "W" or "R" credit. For "R" credit, the paper is substantial and is based on independent research. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance, assignments, final paper. Automatic grading penalty waived for writers. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Win | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Sassoubre, T. (PI)

LAW 304: Law and the Rhetorical Tradition

(Same as PWR 194.) The rhetorical underpinnings of legal argument. Elements of the rhetorical tradition; how to analyze written and oral legal and non-legal texts with an eye to the use and function of rhetorical principles. How form and content are mutually constitutive. Understanding of rhetoric as readers and interpreters of legal texts and development of skills as writers and speakers.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 3

LAW 307: Gender, Law, and Public Policy

Open to non-Law students with consent of instructor. Topics include equal protection standards, employment, reproductive rights, sexual harassment, rape, domestic violence, pornography, sexual orientation, feminist legal theory, and the family. (Semester schedule.)

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 3

LAW 308: Cultural Heritage Law and Policy

Preference to students who have taken LAW 236 or comparable preparation. Seminar. Focus is on national and international attention to law and policy concerning works of art, antiques, architectural monuments, archives, and intangible cultural heritage. Research paper.

Last offered: Autumn 2008 | Units: 2

LAW 311: Comparative Law

The big question in comparative law today-and one that is of key importance to anyone interested in international law-is whether we are currently witnessing a convergence of national legal systems. This course examines this question, as well as the related problem of American exceptionalism, by exploring key aspects of contemporary Western European legal systems. We will study a range of legal institutions and practices, including such topics as legal education, the role of judges and judging, the function and meaning of codes versus precedent, constitutional courts, judicial review, and criminal procedure and punishment. In contrast to the traditional comparative law course, we will also devote substantial time to such pressing public-law questions as racial equality and affirmative action, gender equality and sexual harassment, church and state, and the relationship between European institutions, on the one hand, and national legal systems, on the other. Elements used in grading: Class participation and exam.

Terms: Win | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Kessler, A. (PI)

LAW 311: Comparative Law

Issues of convergence of national legal systems, and American exceptionalism. Sources include contemporary Western European legal systems. Legal education, the role of judges and judging, the function and meaning of codes versus precedent, private law/public law distinction, constitutional courts, judicial review, and approaches to contract. Public law questions on racial equality and affirmative action, gender equality and sexual harassment, citizenship, and church and state.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 2

LAW 312: Criminal Procedure: Investigation

The law school offers two survey courses dealing with constitutional criminal procedure. "Criminal Adjudication" covers the formal pretrial and trial processes, including the right of counsel, prosecutorial charging criteria, grand juries, bail, speedy trial, discovery, plea bargaining, trial by jury, and double jeopardy. This course, "Criminal Investigation," covers police investigation in the form of searches and seizures, interrogations, lineups, and undercover operations, and hence examines the Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Amendment rules regulating the police in these endeavors. It also incorporates some of the new statutory law of investigation under the USA Patriot Act and other laws relating to national security. Students may take both Criminal Investigation and Criminal Adjudication. (There is, of course, no requirement to do so.) Elements used in grading: Class participation, Final exam (In-school, open book).

Terms: Aut | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Weisberg, R. (PI)

LAW 315: Criminal Procedure: Adjudication

The Law School offers two survey courses dealing with constitutional criminal procedure. "Criminal Investigation" will consider questions that arise under the fourth, fifth, and sixth amendments regarding investigations, interrogations, and charging decisions. This course, "Criminal Adjudication," will look at the way the judicial system handles criminal cases. Topics will include the right to counsel (and the concomitant right to "effective assistance" of counsel), prosecutorial discretion and plea bargaining, joinder and severance, discovery, the right to jury trial, double jeopardy, sentencing, and appellate review. Students may take both Criminal Investigation and Criminal Adjudication. (There is, of course, no requirement to do so.) Elements used in grading: Attendance, participation and final exam.

Terms: Spr | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Weisberg, R. (PI)

LAW 317: The Criminal Trial Jury

This seminar, which is taught by a local state court judge, examines the criminal trial jury from both a practical and theoretical perspective. The course will consider the history of the criminal jury trial, legal and strategic considerations in jury selection, jurors' ability to act as fact-finders, rules protecting jury deliberations, the consequences of juror misconduct, and the practical importance of plea bargains as an alternative to jury trials. Students will observe portions of actual jury trials occurring at the Palo Alto Superior Court courthouse. They will also examine legal decisions, theoretical critiques, and empirical research about the jury. Class discussion will consider the practical challenges for lawyers and judges posed by jury trials. The course will culminate in a discussion of potential reforms to the jury system, with each student proposing a reform based on his or her in-person observations and review of the relevant literature. This course will combine a 2 hour seminar with a mandatory 1 hour per week "practicum" involving time spent at court. Elements used in grading: Class participation and a final research paper.

Terms: Aut | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Danner, A. (PI)

LAW 318: History of American Law

(Same as HISTORY 352B). Modern history of American law, legal thought, legal institutions and the legal profession. Topics include law and regulation of corporate organizations and labor relations in the age of enterprise, law of race relations in the South and North, development of classical legalism, critiques of classical legalism, modern administrative state, organized legal profession, New Deal legal thought and legislation, legal order of the 50s, expansion of enterprise liability, civil rights movements from 1940, rights revolution of the Warren Court and Great Society. (Semester schedule.)

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 3

LAW 318: History of American Law

This course examines the growth and development of American legal institutions with particular attention to crime and punishment, slavery, and race relations, the role of law in developing the economy, and the place of lawyers in American society, from colonial times to the present. Special Instructions: Any student may write a paper in lieu of the final exam with consent of instructor. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Final exam or paper. Automatic grading penalty waived for writers. Cross-listed with History (HISTORY 152 - Consent of instructor required) & (HISTORY 352B).

Terms: Win | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Friedman, L. (PI)

LAW 319: Legislation

Lawyers work in a legal system largely defined by statutes, and constantly shaped by the application of legislative power. This course is about statutes and the legislative institutions that create them. It discusses some of the key laws governing access to legislative power and the procedures that culminate in the production of statutes in the legislature. The course is divided into two parts. The first part will focus on the acquisition of legislative power. Key topics include bribery laws, lobbying and indirect influence on legislative activity, and campaign finance regulations. The second part will focus on the exercise of legislative power. Through a number of public policy case studies, students will better understand the organization of the U.S. Congress, the ways in which power is exercised in that institution, and the intersection between politics, the law, and policymaking. Elements used in grading: Class participation and final exam. (Cross-listed with PUBLPOL 319)

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Chen, L. (PI)

LAW 321: Patent Prosecution

(Same as ME 238.) Stages of the patent application process: identifying, capturing, and evaluating inventions; performing a patentability investigation, analyzing the documents, and the scope of the patent protection; composing claims that broadly cover the invention; creating a specification that supports the claims; filing a patent application with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office; and analyzing an office action and preparing an appropriate response. Current rules and case law. Strategic decisions within each stage, such as: how a patent application advances the patent portfolio; and in what countries a patent application should be filed.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 1

LAW 321: Patent Prosecution

The course follows the patent application process through the important stages: inventor interviews, patentability analysis, drafting claims, drafting a specification, filing a patent application, and responding to an office action. The subject matter and practical instruction relevant to each stage will be addressed in the context of current rules and case law. The course will include four written assignments: an invention capture, a claim set, a full patent application, and an Office Action response. Pre-requisites: IP: Patents (Law326), Intro to IP (Law 409) or Patent Law and Strategy for Innovators and Entrepreneurs (ME 208). Elements used in grading: Class participation and four written assignments. Cross-listed with Mechanical Engineering (ME 238).

Terms: Win | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Schox, J. (PI)

LAW 322: Patent Litigation Workshop

Simulations of the strategy and pretrial preparation of a patent lawsuit. Materials include information typical to a patent lawsuit: a patent, file history, prior art, and information regarding the accused product. Students represent either the patentee or the accused infringer. Students plan litigation strategy, meet with and advise a client, conduct written discovery, take and defend depositions, and brief and argue claim construction and motions for summary judgment. Some knowledge of patent law is presumed. Pre- or corequisite: LAW 326.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 3

LAW 322: Patent Litigation Workshop

This course simulates the strategy and pretrial preparation of a patent lawsuit. The course materials include information typical to a patent lawsuit: a patent, file history, prior art, and information regarding the accused product. Students will represent either the patentee or the accused infringer. Students will plan litigation strategy, meet with and advise a client, conduct written discovery, take and defend depositions, and brief and argue claim construction and motions for summary judgment. Some knowledge of patent law is presumed. Special Instructions: IP: Patents (Law 326) is a prerequisite for this course, but can be taken coterminously. Students must attend the first class session (or contact the instructor) or they will be dropped from the class or waitlist. Elements used in grading: Attendance, participation, writing assignments, exercises and oral arguments. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Galloway, M. (PI)

LAW 324: Intellectual Property: Copyright

Copyright crosses many corners of law practice today - not only litigation and licensing, but corporate due diligence, tax, trusts and estates, labor, and general business counselling. This course examines all aspects of copyright doctrine, as well as the business and policy challenges and opportunities that the Internet and other new technologies present for the exploitation of copyrighted works. There are no prerequisites for this class. Elements used in grading: Final Exam (In-School, open book).

Terms: Aut | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Goldstein, P. (PI)

LAW 325: Comparative and International Employment Discrimination

Comparison of laws prohibiting employment discrimination in the U.S. with those of other countries. Differences between regimes in social context; how differing histories, demographics, economic institutions, and political commitments have produced various approaches to employment discrimination. How and why laws prohibiting discrimination have become widespread, looking to international and local influences. Prerequisite: LAW 349 or consent of instructor.

| Units: 3

LAW 326: Intellectual Property: Patents

Major aspects of patent law, primarily as applied in the US; patentability, including novelty, nonobviousness, enablement, infringement, and remedies. Focus is on essential legal principles and a policy analysis of the patent system. Goal is to provide background for non-patent specialists and those planning a career in the field.

Last offered: Autumn 2008 | Units: 3

LAW 326: Intellectual Property: Patents

In this course we cover the major aspects of patent law, primarily as applied in the United States: patentability, including novelty, nonobviousness, and enablement; infringement; and remedies. The emphasis is on essential legal principles and a policy analysis of the patent system. The course is designed to be useful both as solid background for non-patent-specialists and for those planning a career in the field. Introduction to Intellectual Property or consent of the instructor is a prerequisite for this course. No technical background is required. Elements used in grading: Class participation and final exam.

Terms: Aut | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Lemley, M. (PI); Sheeler, P. (GP)

LAW 327: Introduction to Organizational Behavior

Why are some organizations more successful than others? Is it their emphasis on innovation and risk taking? Their founders' eccentric and visionary personalities? Or perhaps their bureaucratic discipline and effectiveness? We will explore these questions by reviewing existing theory and research on organizational problems in a number of areas including: individual motivation and behavior; decision making and leadership; interpersonal and intergroup communication, influence and conflict; organizational culture; and inter-organizational competition and cooperation. The course focuses on the reasons for organizational founding and failure, the variety of organizational forms and the ways in which organizations and their members affect one another. You will participate in a number of group exercises to illustrate the theoretical and practical implications of addressing organizational problems and increasing overall performance. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments, Final Paper.

Terms: Win | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Goldberg, A. (PI)

LAW 330: International Human Rights

This course examines the law of international human rights, analyzing various categories of rights, from civil and political human rights, to social and economic human rights, to group and collective rights. It studies the structure and processes of international and regional courts that adjudicate human rights claims and international treaty bodies that report on State human rights action. It explores debates about the normative justifications for human rights, and whether and how these debates impact upon the application and enforcement of human rights. Special Instructions: Students have the option to write a long research paper in lieu of the final exam with consent of instructor. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Class participation; exam or final long research paper.

Terms: Aut | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Martinez, J. (PI); Van Schaack, B. (PI)

LAW 330: International Human Rights

Contemporary system of international human rights, including civil, political, social, and economic rights. Women's and children's rights, indigenous rights, rights to democratic governance, and rights to cultural practices that differ from Western notions of human rights. Structure and role of international, regional and domestic bodies that report and adjudicate human rights claims. Normative justifications for human rights, and the challenges to these justifications posed by arguments for cultural relativism, and the forces of globalization. Recommended: international public law or equivalent.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 3

LAW 332: International Development

Current research. How political institutions determine economic policy choices, and economic structures affect political processes. Bridges theory and practice to investigate micro- and macro-level political and economic processes shaping the prospects for development. Case studies on market function, why seemingly inefficient institutions survive, and why governments adopt policies detrimental to development. Topics include: the political economy of corruption, the role of foreign aid, the efficacy of governance reforms, and the relationship between democracy and development.

| Units: 3

LAW 333: Judgment and Decision Making

(Same as PUBLPOL 205A, IPS 207A.) Theories and research on heuristics and biases in human inference, judgement, and decision making. Experimental and theoretical work in prospect theory emphasizing loss and risk aversion. Support theory. Challenges that psychology offers to the rationalist expected utility model; attempts to meet this challenge through integration with modern behavioral economics. Decision making biases and phenomena of special relevance to public policy such as group polarization, group think, and collective action. Prerequisites.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 3

LAW 333: Problem Solving and Decision Making for Public Policy and Social Change

This course introduces skills and bodies of knowledge useful for careers in law, public policy, and achieving social change at scale. These include framing problems; designing, implementing, and evaluating strategies; sys design; cost-benefit analysis; decision making under uncertainty; heuristics and biases that affect empirical judgments and decision making; methods for influencing people's behavior ranging from incentives and penalties to "nudges;" and human-centered design. The course will be taught through problems, cases, and a field project to solve real-world problems on or near the Stanford campus, with the goal of integrating strategic thinking and behavioral insights with human-centered design and systems design. The course may be of interest to students in Law and Policy Lab practicums who wish to broaden their policy analysis skills. Enrollment: Limited to 30 students, with priority given to students in Law School, the MPP program, and the IPS program in that order. Elements used in grading: Class participation, midterm assignment, and final assignment. Cross-listed with International Policy Studies (IPS 207A) & Public Policy (PUBLPOL 305A).

Terms: Win | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Bade, J. (PI); Brest, P. (PI)

LAW 334: International Criminal Law

The roots of modern international criminal law can be traced to the Nuremburg and Tokyo war crimes trials held after World War II. Since the establishment by the Security Council of the United Nations established the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia twenty years ago, the field has experienced remarkable growth. The international community has created a range of new international criminal tribunals to investigate and prosecute international crimes. National courts are now also exercising an expanded domestic and universal criminal jurisdiction over international or transnational crimes. The substantive criminal law has also expanded, and notions of individual responsibility for international crimes have evolved and extend the reach of international criminal law. At the same time, new debates have emerged about the suitability of using criminal justice mechanisms to respond to mass atrocity situations. nnThis course will explore legal and institutional responses to transnational and international crime. It will examine traditional forms of international cooperation to address transnational crimes and the concept of universal jurisdiction that provides a basis for treating certain crimes as "international." It will cover the range of institutions created to punish international criminals, including the Nuremburg and Tokyo tribunals, the ad hoc tribunals for the former Yugoslavia and Rwanda, the "mixed" international/domestic tribunals such as the Special Court for Sierra Leone, the Cambodia war crimes tribunal, the Special Tribunal for Lebanon. As these tribunals approach the end of their mandates, the International Criminal Court is assuming greater importance. The progress of the ICC will be considered and, so too, the role of the United States in all of these developments. Alternative institutional arrangements and options for responding to international crimes, such as truth commissions and amnesties will also be examined. nnThe course will also include: (1) the moral and political goals that motivate responses to international crimes; (2) the role of international politics and foreign policy considerations in shaping responses to international crimes; (3) the suitability of different institutional models for addressing international crimes. nnThe grade for this course will be based on a final research paper of 26 pages, double spaced. The topic should relate to a subject covered directly or indirectly by the syllabus or readings.nnElements used in grading: Class participation and final paper.

Last offered: Autumn 2013 | Units: 3

LAW 335: Legal Ethics

A survey of the major legal and ethical issues presented in the practice of law. We will examine the concept of the lawyer endorsed by the rules of professional responsibility and assess the relationship between this concept and the personal, political, and economic constraints of law practice. To this end, emphasis will be given to the rules of professional responsibility and their elaboration in case law, but we will study modern practice from a range of interdisciplinary perspectives throughout the course. These include the philosophy of law, the history and sociology of the American legal profession, the philosophy of role morality, and theories of professional identity. Elements used in grading: Attendance, class participation, short papers and final exam.

Terms: Aut | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Spaulding, N. (PI)

LAW 335: Legal Ethics

This course will explore issues involving professional responsibility. Topics will include the role of advocates, the adversary system, the conditions of practice, diversity, candor, and confidentiality, conflicts of interest, lawyer- client relationships, regulatory structures, and legal education. Special attention will also focus on the profession's public obligations in areas such as access to justice and pro bono service. Special Instructions: Grades will be based on class participation and (1) short reflection essays on the readings and a short research paper or (2) a long paper. A maximum of 10 students will be permitted to write the long paper for R credit. After the term begins, 10 students can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. If more than 10 students apply to write a long paper for R credit, a lottery will be run to determine the 10 students accepted in section (02). This class is designated as fulfilling the Ethics requirement (and a W or R requirement). Elements used in grading: Attendance, class participation, short reflection essays on the readings and short research paper. Preference will be given to 3Ls. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Win | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Rhode, D. (PI); Sze, E. (GP)

LAW 337: Intellectual Property: Trademark and Unfair Competition Law

This course will consider the protection and enforcement of trademarks and related state rights in brands and names, including the right of publicity. There is no prerequisite, though some students will have taken Introduction to Intellectual Property. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Exam (Open-book take-home).

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Lemley, M. (PI); Sheeler, P. (GP)

LAW 338: Land Use

This course focuses on the pragmatic (rather than theoretical) aspects of contemporary land use law and policy, including: nuisance as a land use tool and foundation for modern land use law; use and abuse of the "police power" (the legal basis for land use control); zoning flexibility; vested property rights, development agreements, and takings; redevelopment; growth control; and direct democracy. We explore how land use decisions affect environmental quality and how land use decision-making addresses environmental impacts. Special Instructions: All graduate students from other departments are encouraged to enroll, and no pre-requisites apply. Student participation is essential. Roughly two-thirds of the class time will involve a combination of lecture and classroom discussion. The remaining time will engage students in case studies based on actual land use issues and disputes. Elements used in grading: Attendance, class participation, writing assignments, and final exam. This course is cross-listed with Earth Systems 238.

| Units: 3

LAW 339: Employment Law

Workplace issues have become one of the fastest-growing areas of state and federal law. Employment-related lawsuits filed in federal court have tripled in volume in the past decade, and now account for a tenth of all civil cases. Many state courts have experienced a similar burgeoning of their employment law caseloads. This course examines this diverse, rewarding, and rapidly evolving area of legal practice by considering the diverse array of laws and institutions that regulate the employment relationship. The focus of the course is on laws that affect employees in non-unionized settings, such as protections against dismissal without cause, wage and hour restrictions, workplace privacy, covenants not to compete, the Family and Medical Leave Act, and mandatory arbitration of employment disputes. The course does not cover either Employment Discrimination or Labor Law, both of which are offered as separate courses. Special Instructions: Regular, punctual attendance is required. If you expect (or are unexpectedly forced) to miss more than two classes, please consult with the instructor as soon as possible, as exceptions will be considered on a case-by-case basis. Early Add/Drop Deadline: Add/Drop decisions must be made the first week of class. Exceptions are at the instructor's discretion and will be considered on a case-by-case basis. Elements used in grading: Final Exam.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Morantz, A. (PI)

LAW 343: Scientific Evidence and Expert Testimony: Patent Litigation

How to explain science to judge and jury; how litigators determine which legal issues to argue. Patent and expert testimony law. Student teams choose patents for final simulation projects, prepare claim charts, devise a design-around, and present oral arguments.

Last offered: Autumn 2008 | Units: 3

LAW 344: Law and Economics Seminar II

Current research by lawyers and economists on topics in law and economics. Guest speakers from other universities present current research. Topics include contribution among antitrust defendants, the philosophical foundations of the economic analysis of law, compensation for government regulations and takings, liability rules for controlling accidents, and the corporate tax treatment of nonprofit institutions.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 2

LAW 344: Law and Economics Seminar I

Current research by lawyers and economists on topics in law and economics. Guest speakers. Topics may include contribution among antitrust defendants, the philosophical foundations of the economic analysis of law, compensation for government regulations and takings, liability rules for controlling accidents, and the corporate tax treatment of nonprofit institutions. Prerequisite: LAW 275 or introductory microeconomics course.

Last offered: Autumn 2008 | Units: 2 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 6 units total)

LAW 344: Law and Economics Seminar I

This seminar will examine current research by lawyers and economists on a variety of topics in law and economics. Several sessions of the seminar will consist of an invited speaker, usually from another university, who will discuss his or her current research. Representative of these sessions have been discussions of compensation for government regulations and takings, liability rules for controlling accidents, the definition of markets in antitrust analysis, the role of the government as a controlling shareholder, and optimal drug patent length. Special Instructions: Students may enroll in this seminar for either W or R credit. You may write a series of short commentaries on the guest speakers' papers, of which there will be four. This will satisfy the Law School's Writing requirement. Students electing this option will be graded on a Mandatory Pass/Restricted Credit/Fail basis and receive 2 units of credit. Alternatively, you may write a single research paper on a law and economics topic of your choice. This will satisfy the Law School's Research requirement. These papers will be graded on an Honors/Pass/Restricted Credit/Fail basis. (You may write a single longer paper for two quarters if you enroll in the Seminar in the Winter as well.) Students taking the seminar for R credit can take the seminar for either 2 or 3 units of credit, depending on the paper length. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. There is no formal economics prerequisite to take this seminar, though students doing the longer research papers typically have some prior training in economics. Students may take both Law and Economics Seminar I and Law and Economics Seminar II in either order (neither is a prerequisite for the other). This seminar is cross-listed with the Economics Department (same as Econ 354). Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012. Elements used in grading: Four commentaries or one research paper. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Aut | Units: 2-3

Instructors: ; Polinsky, A. (PI); Sheeler, P. (GP)

LAW 344: Law and Economics Seminar II

This seminar will examine current research by lawyers and economists on a variety of topics in law and economics. Several sessions of the seminar will consist of an invited speaker, usually from another university, who will discuss his or her current research. Representative of these sessions have been discussions of compensation for government regulations and takings, liability rules for controlling accidents, the definition of markets in antitrust analysis, the role of the government as a controlling shareholder, and optimal drug patent length. Special Instructions: Students may enroll in this seminar for either W or R credit. You may write a series of short commentaries on the guest speakers' papers, of which there will be four. This will satisfy the Law School's Writing requirement. Students electing this option will be graded on a Mandatory Pass/Restricted Credit/Fail basis and receive 2 units of credit. Alternatively, you may write a single research paper on a law and economics topic of your choice. This will satisfy the Law School's Research requirement. These papers will be graded on an Honors/Pass/Restricted Credit/Fail basis. (You may write a single longer paper for two quarters if you enroll in the Seminar in the Autumn as well.) Students taking the seminar for R credit can take the seminar for either 2 or 3 units of credit, depending on the paper length. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. There is no formal economics prerequisite to take this seminar, though students doing the longer research papers typically have some prior training in economics. Students may take both Law and Economics Seminar I and Law and Economics Seminar II in either order (neither is a prerequisite for the other). CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline. Elements used in grading: Four commentaries or one research paper. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012. Cross-listed with Economics (ECON 354).

Terms: Win | Units: 2-3

Instructors: ; Donohue, J. (PI); Polinsky, A. (PI); Sheeler, P. (GP)

LAW 345: Law and Culture in American Fiction

How literary texts register changes in property law, the law of contracts, intellectual property and legal constructions of race, gender, and privacy, as they relate to the maintenance of personal identity, community stability, and linguistic meaning. A novel or story is paired with relevant legal and historical readings, considering the points of contact between literary narrative and narrative in law. Authors include James Fenimore Cooper, Herman Melville, Henry James, Theodore Dreiser, Nella Larsen, William Faulkner, and Sherman Alexie.

Last offered: Autumn 2008 | Units: 3

LAW 345: Law and Culture in American Fiction

This seminar examines the way literary texts register changes in property law, the law of contracts, intellectual property and legal constructions of race, gender, and privacy, especially as they relate to the maintenance of personal identity, community stability, and linguistic meaning. The terms and stakes of these relationships will inform our readings of the texts themselves, as well as our understanding of their representations of law. The writers whose work we will consider include James Fenimore Cooper, Herman Melville, Henry James, Nella Larsen, Willa Cather, William Faulkner, and Sherman Alexie. Each week, a novel or story will be paired with relevant legal and historical readings. We will also consider the points of contact between literary narrative and narrative in law. English Department cognate course. Special instructions: Course requirements include class attendance and participation, three short response papers, and two longer papers. For Research "R" credit, students may petition to complete one long paper based on independent research. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance, written assignments and final paper. Automatic grading penalty waived for writers. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Aut | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Sassoubre, T. (PI)

LAW 348: Health Law: Finance and Insurance

This course provides the legal, institutional, and economic background necessary to understand the financing and production of health services in the U.S. We will discuss the Affordable Care Act , health insurance (Medicare and Medicaid, employer-sponsored insurance, the uninsured), the approval process and IP protection for pharmaceuticals, and antitrust policy. We may discuss obesity and wellness, regulation of fraud and abuse, and medical malpractice. The syllabus for this course can be found at https://syllabus.stanford.edu. Elements used in grading: Participation, attendance, class presentation, and final exam. Cross-listed with Health Research & Policy (HRP 391) & Public Policy (PUBLPOL 231).

Terms: Win | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Bundorf, M. (PI); Kessler, D. (PI)

LAW 349: Employment Discrimination

This course will examine legal responses to the barriers to workplace equality that are faced by minority groups. The course will survey the relevant doctrine, focusing primarily on federal employment discrimination statutes, but also addressing more expansive antidiscrimination protections under some state statutes, and local ordinances. Covered topics include sexual and racial harassment, sexual orientation discrimination, and affirmative interventions aimed at increasing the minority group and/or female representation in certain job categories or segments of the labor market. In addition to surveying the doctrine as it stands and as it has developed over time, we will also explore the doctrinal and conceptual difficulties inherent in identifying invidious discrimination and in devising appropriate remedies. Elements used in grading: Class participation and exam.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Ford, R. (PI)

LAW 351: Corporate Income Taxation

Overview of the fundamental tax rules and principles regarding the taxation of domestic corporate entities. Course will address choice of entity (C corporation, S corporation and non-corporate pass-through entities), capital structure and formation issues, corporate operations, including cash and property distributions and shareholder exit transactions. Approximately half of the course will be devoted to taxable and non-taxable acquisitions, dispositions and reorganizations, including planning and structuring strategies; a portion will address current tax policy considerations. The student's final grade will be based on a final exam, although class participation may improve a student's grade. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Final Exam.

| Units: 3

Instructors: ; Lipton, S. (PI)

LAW 352: International Tax

This course examines the United States federal income taxation of international operations and transactions, including international joint ventures and M&A transactions. Income source, foreign tax credits and Subpart F are important. International transfer pricing rules also will be addressed. Elements used in grading: Final Exam.

Terms: Spr | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Forst, D. (PI); Halpern, A. (PI)

LAW 353: Corporate Acquisitions

This course examines the corporate acquisitions from a transactional and financial perspective. It begins with a review of a corporate acquisition agreement, the document at the center of a friendly transaction. We then consider a variety of explanations for how corporate acquisitions may promise to create value, and think about why they often fail to meet that expectation. In doing so, we will review the basics of accounting for acquisitions and their tax treatment. From there we move on to the corporate law side of acquisitions - the different forms the transaction can take, the rules governing hostile transactions, freezeouts of minority shareholders, and proxy fights. Elements used in grading: Final exam.

Terms: Win | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Gilson, R. (PI)

LAW 355: Taxation I

This class teaches the fundamentals of the federal income tax as applied to individuals. It considers what is taxed as income and what is deductible, timing issues, and the taxation of capital gains and losses. The class considers the politics of tax reform as well as fundamental tax policy issues. Elements Used in Grading: Final Exam

Terms: Aut | Units: 5

Instructors: ; Asimow, M. (PI)

LAW 355: Taxation I

This course will provide an overview of the statutes, regulations and cases which comprise the federal income tax. We will study the definition of gross income, problems of timing, critical issues in tax policy, business and personal deductions, the tax rate structure, the recognition of gains and losses, and the administrative and procedural aspects of the tax determination process. Elements used in grading: Class participation and final exam.

Terms: Spr | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Fried, B. (PI)

LAW 356: Dispute Resolution in International Economic Law

(Same as POLISCI 404.) Topics include: theoretical work on international trade and investment disputes; empirical work on WTO dispute resolution and the efficacy of developing country participation; and legal analysis of current, prominent disputes in the WTO and under international investment treaties.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 1 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 2 units total)

LAW 359: Tax Policy

Issues in tax policy, progressivity, income versus consumption tax, property tax and school finance, tax simplification, tax compliance and tax shelters. Possible tax initiatives of the new administration in Washington.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 3

LAW 359: Tax Policy

This course will explore various tax policy issues. In past years, the issues we've explored have included the carbon tax, health care, social security, consumption tax, tax compliance, tax shelters and school financing. Special Instructions: Grades will be based on either (A) class participation and memos responding to the discussion questions for any three of the sessions or (B) class participation and a research paper on a topic of your choosing (subject to instructor approval). Option A is Writing (W) credit and option B is Research (R) credit. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, attendance and written assignments. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Win | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Bankman, J. (PI); Kessler, D. (PI)

LAW 361: Economic and Social Organization of the Legal Profession

(Same as SOC 133/333.) Seminar. Emphasis is on the labor market for large-firm lawyers, including the market for entry-level lawyers, attorney retention and promotion practices, lateral hiring of partners, and increased use of forms of employment such as the non-equity form of partnership. Race and gender discrimination and occupational segregation; market-based pressure tactics for organizational reform. Student groups collect and analyze data about the profession and its markets. Multimedia tools for analysis and for producing workplace reforms.

| Units: 3

LAW 362: Foundations of Statistical Inference

(Same as IPS 205C, PUBLPOL 203C.) Statistical background and introduction to regression. Topics include hypothesis testing, linear regression, nearest-neighbors regression, and other statistical concepts. Hands-on empirical analysis via computer exercises using statistical packages; how to analyze empirical studies, conduct empirical research, and cross-examine or work with statistical experts.

Last offered: Autumn 2008 | Units: 2

LAW 366: Principles of Research Design and Analysis: Tools

(Same as PUBLPOL 203B, IPS 205B.) Review of statistical background material. Statistical research for public policy analysis, including multiple regression analysis, multilevel modeling, and Bayesian analysis. Policy analysis in government, research institutes, and academia, complex empirical issues in litigation, investment banking, consulting and finance. Topics include hypothesis testing, regression specification, logistic regression, probit, serial correlation, errors in variables, instrumental variables, simultaneous equations, generalized linear models, simulation, causal inference, and missing data imputation. Empirical analysis via computer exercises using popular statistical packages. Prerequisite: basic statistics.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 3

LAW 367: Principles of Research Design and Analysis: Advanced Mathematical & Computational Methods

Adjunct to 366 for students who wish to work at a deeper mathematical level. Corequisite: 366.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 1

LAW 368: Law and Biosciences: Neuroscience

(Same as HRP211) This seminar examines legal, social, and ethical issues arising from advances in the biosciences. This year it will focus exclusively on neuroscience. It will examine how neuroscience will affect the law, and society, through improvements in predicting illnesses and behaviors, in "reading minds" through neuroimaging, in understanding responsibility and consciousness, in "treating" criminal behavior, and in cognitive enhancement. Students who have taken the Law and the Biosciences seminar in past years may receive additional credit for taking this year's class.

| Units: 3

LAW 368: Law and the Biosciences: Neuroscience

(Same as HRP 211.) Legal, social, and ethical issues arising from advances in neuroscience, including effects upon law and society through improvements in predicting illnesses and behaviors, reading minds through neuroimaging, understanding responsibility and consciousness, treating criminal behavior, and cognitive enhancement. May be repeated for credit. (Semester schedule.)

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 2

LAW 372: Legal History Workshop

(Same as HISTORY 307A.) Faculty and students from the Law school and the History department discuss research in the field of legal history. Guest speakers. Secondary literature relevant to the speaker's research.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 3

LAW 372: Legal History Workshop

The Legal History Workshop is designed as a forum in which faculty and students from both the Law School and the History Department can discuss some of the best work now being done in the field of legal history. Every other week, an invited speaker will present his or her current research for discussion. This year the theme of the Workshop will be Conservative Legal Movements from 1950 to the Present. Speakers will include Reva Siegel, the Nicholas deB. Katzenbach Professor of Law at Yale Law School, and Thomas Sugrue, the David Boies Professor of History and Sociology at the University of Pennsylvania, as well several other scholars of law, the social sciences and humanities writing about this topic. In the week prior to a given speaker's presentation, the class will meet as a group to discuss secondary literature relevant to understanding and critiquing the speaker's research. Students will then read the speaker's paper in advance of the following week's workshop presentation. Special Instructions: Students are required to write a brief response to each speaker's paper. There will be a total of four speakers, and thus four papers. Guidance will be provided concerning how to frame these response papers, which will be due every two weeks - i.e., on the day before speaker presents and students will receive "W" writing credit. Students taking the course to receive "R" research credit are required to write a research paper on a legal history topic that they choose (in consultation with the professor). After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Students taking the course for R credit can take the course for either 2 or 3 units, depending on the paper length. Enrollment will be limited to 30 students -- 20 from SLS who will be selected by lottery and 10 from H&S. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance, assignments and final paper. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012. Cross-listed with History (HISTORY 307A).

Terms: Win | Units: 2-3

Instructors: ; Gordon, R. (PI); Gross, A. (PI)

LAW 373: Protection of Personality

This course will examine the theoretical foundations and common law development of the range of tort remedies designed to afford protection to the interests in personality. Defamation, the right of privacy, and claims of emotional distress and harassment will receive particular attention, along with the constitutional defenses to these claims, based on the First Amendment, which have arisen since the mid-1960's. Elements used in grading: Final Exam.

Terms: Win | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Rabin, R. (PI)

LAW 378: Banking Law

This course will examine the legal and regulatory system governing financial institutions, with an emphasis on banks. It will do so by exploring the underlying economics of banking, and the ongoing effort to reform financial regulation. Questions addressed will include: Why do we regulate financial institutions? What dangers do we want to avoid? How well does the current regulatory system achieve what we want to achieve? What alternative approaches can be taken? What are the costs and benefits of the current system, and those of the alternatives? Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance, final exam.

Terms: Aut | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Cole, G. (PI)

LAW 381: Wrongful Convictions: Causes, Preventions and Remedies

Over the course of the past two decades there has been increasing recognition that, despite its commitment to the concept of proof beyond a reasonable doubt, our criminal justice system yields a steady stream of wrongful convictions. This Seminar will focus on some causes, preventions and potential remedies for this phenomenon. Subjects to be addressed include eyewitness identification, interrogations and confessions, jailhouse informant testimony, forensic evidence, the psychology of tunnel vision and confirmation bias, the role of appellate review and habeas corpus, the role of clemency, the impact of the problem on the death penalty, and issues around compensation of those who have been wrongly convicted. The class will meet for two hours each week. In addition, there will be three additional evening or weekend sessions (to be scheduled at the convenience of the participants). During each of these additional sessions, students will watch a film involving a wrongful conviction and will engage in conversation about the particular case involved. Each student will be responsible for preparing a paper on an appropriate topic to be chosen in consultation with the instructor. Consent Instructions: After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012. Elements used in grading: Class participation; Paper.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Marshall, L. (PI)

LAW 383: Research Design for Public Policy Analysis

(Same as IPS 205A, PUBLPOL 203A.) Translate the questions of policy controversies to questions that are susceptible to empirical research. How to select the most appropriate research strategy for different types of questions. Requirements for designing sample surveys, case studies, and experiments, and methods for conducting interviews with individuals and groups, observational studies and textual analysis. Final paper is a research design for investigating a policy question of the student's choice.

Last offered: Autumn 2008 | Units: 2

LAW 388: Technological, Economic and Business Forces Transforming the Private Practice of Law

The private commercial practice of law is undergoing fundamental change. Modern technological, economic and business forces are placing extreme pressure on the traditional private attorney law firm model. These forces will transform, eliminate or replace virtually every aspect of legal services provided by attorneys. Traditional foundations of the large law firm model such as "billable" hours, summer associate programs, large staffs (e.g., paralegals and secretaries) and high associate-to-partner ratios are becoming (or have already become) relics of a bygone era. Today, the business need for clients to select a one-stop, full-service law firm for their important legal work has, in a variety of circumstances, disappeared. Sophisticated clients are utilizing a wide range of legal services firms and companies for their legal work. As a result, the diversity of legal business models and manner of providing legal services has greatly expanded. Often individual lawyers (or very small firms) can provide high-level legal services by assembling "virtual" teams in which each team member handles a different constituent part of the representation. "In-sourcing," "out-sourcing" and the transferring of large portions of work to non-lawyer legal support vendors are all becoming fixtures of the legal economy. This rapid increase in diversity on both the supply and demand side of the legal economy will greatly alter the skills and prerequisites required for the successful private practice of law. The course is composed of two parts. In part one, the technological, economic and business practices transforming the legal profession are identified and their impact on the traditional approaches to private practice law firms will be examined. In part two, the course focuses on how individual lawyers can adapt to or embrace the forces transforming law to improve their practice and succeed in the new environment. Part two of the course will additionally focus on how specific skills such as project management, social networking and information management will be crucial to a successful legal career. Part two of the course will also discuss how the changing legal environment creates new ethical and professional challenges for attorneys. Elements used in grading: Attendance, class participation and written assignments. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Spr | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Yoon, J. (PI)

LAW 393: Remedies

The remedy is arguably the most important part of any lawsuit, and often the most neglected. This course considers the question of what plaintiffs are entitled to when they win a case and why. It will cover damages, punitive damages, restitution, unjust enrichment, and injunctive relief. While we will consider public remedies in constitutional cases, the majority of the course will focus on remedies in private law civil actions.

Last offered: Autumn 2012 | Units: 3

LAW 397: Law and Economics of Death Penalty Seminar

This seminar will examine the legal and policy aspects of a capital punishment regime. Students will have the option to take the seminar alone or to combine it with a practicum. This seminar component will explore three primary issues: 1) the Supreme Court's forty-year effort to define what cases can permissibly receive the death penalty and the procedures under which it must be imposed; 2) the arguments for and against the death penalty, with a major focus on whether the death penalty deters, is administered in a racially biased way, or is otherwise implemented in an arbitrary and capricious manner; and 3) what the U.S. and international status of the death penalty is today and what the prospects are for the future. The readings on deterrence and racial discrimination will entail some substantial statistical analysis, although a background in statistics, though helpful, will not be required. Special Instructions: After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Students taking the course for R credit can take the course for either 2 or 3 units, depending on the paper length. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012. Elements used in grading seminar: Written assignments and final paper. Students who take the practicum component must attend the 9 seminar class meetings and do all reading and writing assignments of the seminar except that instead of writing a final paper of their choosing they will focus on actual policy or litigation work that will be arranged with various death penalty abolition groups. I expect that there will be an opportunity to work on policy relevant research that will be of assistance in the repeal movement (as well as attending the 9 seminar class meetings and doing the readings for each class).

Terms: Aut | Units: 2-3

Instructors: ; Donohue, J. (PI)

This course is for J.D. students who have been approved by the Law School to study at one of the following schools: Bucerius Law School (BLS): Hamburg, Germany, Hebrew University of Jerusalem (HU): Jerusalem, Israel, Institut d'Etudes Politiques de Paris (Sciences Po): Paris, France, National University of Singapore (NUS): Singapore, Peking University Law School (PKU): Beijing, China, or the Waseda University Law School (WLS): Tokyo, Japan. See SLS Foreign Legal Study Exchange Program at http://www.law.stanford.edu/organizations/programs-and-centers/stanford-program-in-international-and-comparative-law/the-foreign-legal-study-program. Elements used in grading: Satisfactory evaluation of course work at the exchange institution.

Terms: Aut, Win, Spr | Units: 9-14

Instructors: ; Weiner, A. (PI)

LAW 406: Research Track

The Research Track is for students who wish to carry out a research project of a scope larger than that contemplated for a Senior Thesis. Research Track projects are to be supervised by two or more professors, at least one of whom must be a member of the Law School faculty. At least one faculty member in addition to the supervisors must read the written product of the research, and the student must defend the written work orally before the readers. Students will be admitted to Research Track only if they have a demonstrated capability for substantial independent research, and propose a significant and well-formulated project at the time of application. Special Instructions: Two Research credits are possible. Elements Used in Grading: Paper

Terms: Aut, Win, Spr | Units: 9-12 | Repeatable for credit

LAW 407: International Deal Making: Legal and Business Aspects

The application of legal and business knowledge to real world international transactions. Topics include deal structuring, identifying and resolving legal and business concerns, negotiations, documentation, deal closing, legal issues in cross-border transactions, importance of legal documents in business transactions, and the role of the legal advisor. Case studies. Students strategize, structure, and negotiate real world, substantive, international business deals.

Last offered: Autumn 2008 | Units: 2

LAW 408A: Criminal Defense Clinic: Clinical Practice

Students in the Criminal Defense Clinic will represent indigent criminal defendants in a wide range of misdemeanor cases in Santa Clara and San Mateo counties. Students will be California Bar Certified and thus will be bound by the rules and ethics of the profession, notably zealous advocacy on behalf of clients. Students will take the lead role in all aspects of case development, including interviewing clients and witnesses, investigating facts, developing case strategy, negotiating with the prosecutor, drafting and arguing motions, and trying cases before judges and juries. Common charges include drug possession, public order offenses, assault, theft, and weapons possession. While students will have primary responsibility for all aspects of their cases, all trial work will be closely supervised. In addition to casework, there will be weekly workshop sessions. These classes will focus both on case-rounds and on broader systemic issues. The goal of the clinic is to train students how to try a criminal case from beginning to end while engaging in thoughtful reflection on the role of the criminal defense attorney in the criminal justice system. While the work is often challenging and sometimes heartbreaking, it offers students a unique opportunity to put their skills, intellect and compassion to use by serving people in a moment of great need. Special Instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses - - The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance, written assignments and case work and professionalism. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Win, Spr | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Luban, S. (PI); Tyler, R. (PI)

LAW 408B: Criminal Defense Clinic: Clinical Methods

Students in the Criminal Defense Clinic will represent indigent criminal defendants in a wide range of misdemeanor cases in Santa Clara and San Mateo counties. Students will be California Bar Certified and thus will be bound by the rules and ethics of the profession, notably zealous advocacy on behalf of clients. Students will take the lead role in all aspects of case development, including interviewing clients and witnesses, investigating facts, developing case strategy, negotiating with the prosecutor, drafting and arguing motions, and trying cases before judges and juries. Common charges include drug possession, public order offenses, assault, theft, and weapons possession. While students will have primary responsibility for all aspects of their cases, all trial work will be closely supervised. In addition to casework, there will be weekly workshop sessions. These classes will focus both on case-rounds and on broader systemic issues. The goal of the clinic is to train students how to try a criminal case from beginning to end while engaging in thoughtful reflection on the role of the criminal defense attorney in the criminal justice system. While the work is often challenging and sometimes heartbreaking, it offers students a unique opportunity to put their skills, intellect and compassion to use by serving people in a moment of great need. Special Instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses - - The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance, written assignments and case work and professionalism. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Win, Spr | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Luban, S. (PI); Tyler, R. (PI)

LAW 408C: Criminal Defense Clinic: Clinical Coursework

Students in the Criminal Defense Clinic will represent indigent criminal defendants in a wide range of misdemeanor cases in Santa Clara and San Mateo counties. Students will be California Bar Certified and thus will be bound by the rules and ethics of the profession, notably zealous advocacy on behalf of clients. Students will take the lead role in all aspects of case development, including interviewing clients and witnesses, investigating facts, developing case strategy, negotiating with the prosecutor, drafting and arguing motions, and trying cases before judges and juries. Common charges include drug possession, public order offenses, assault, theft, and weapons possession. While students will have primary responsibility for all aspects of their cases, all trial work will be closely supervised. In addition to casework, there will be weekly workshop sessions. These classes will focus both on case-rounds and on broader systemic issues. The goal of the clinic is to train students how to try a criminal case from beginning to end while engaging in thoughtful reflection on the role of the criminal defense attorney in the criminal justice system. While the work is often challenging and sometimes heartbreaking, it offers students a unique opportunity to put their skills, intellect and compassion to use by serving people in a moment of great need. Special Instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses - - The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance, written assignments and case work and professionalism. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Win, Spr | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Luban, S. (PI); Tyler, R. (PI)

LAW 409: Introduction to Intellectual Property

Patents, copyrights, trademarks, and trade secrets. Commonalities and differences among systems of intellectual property protection.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 3

LAW 409: Introduction to Intellectual Property

This is an overview course covering the basics of intellectual property law -- trade secrets, patents, copyrights, and trademarks, as well as selected other state intellectual property rights. This course is designed both for those who are interested in pursuing IP as a career, and those who are looking only for a basic knowledge of the subject. There are no prerequisites, and a scientific background is not required. Elements used in grading: Class participation and final exam (4-hour, open-book, in-class final).

Terms: Spr | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Ouellette, L. (PI)

LAW 411: Directed Writing

Teams of students may earn "Directed Writing" credit for collaborative problems involving professional writing, such as briefs, proposed legislation or other legal writing. Only projects supervised by a member of the faculty (tenured, tenure-track, senior lecturer, or professor from practice) may qualify for Directed Writing credit. It will not necessarily be appropriate to require each member of the team to write the number of pages that would be required for an individual directed research project earning the number of credits that each team member will earn for the team project. The page length guidelines applicable to individual papers may be considered in determining the appropriate page length, but the faculty supervisor has discretion to make the final page-length determination.nn Students must meet with the instructor frequently for the purposes of report and guidance. Unit credit is by arrangement. A petition will not be approved for work assigned or performed in a course, clinic, or externship for which the student has or will receive credit. nnSpecial Instructions: A Directed Writing project may count as the equivalent of a "W" (Writing - For students entering prior to Autumn 2012) course with the approval of the supervising faculty member. A Directed Writing project may not count as the equivalent of a "PW" (Professional Writing - For students entering Autumn 2012 and thereafter) course.

Terms: Win | Units: 1-4 | Repeatable 8 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Weiner, A. (PI)

LAW 413E: Policy Practicum: Empirical Study of Patent Troll Litigation

Many believe litigation by patent trolls-those in the business of asserting patents rather than making products-is rampant and has harmed innovation and raised consumer prices. This concern has spread to Congress and the U.S. Patent Office, which are considering new regulation of patent trolls. However, there remains insufficient data to determine the amount and impact of patent troll litigation. Students selected for this course will work with renowned patent law scholar Mark Lemley and Law, Science & Technology Teaching Fellow Shawn Miller to produce the first patent litigation database to include comprehensive identification of the type of patent plaintiff involved in each lawsuit. Students' principal responsibility will be to identify and code patent plaintiffs by type. Though voluntary, Professor Lemley and Dr. Miller will encourage and aid students in utilizing this experience and the database for their own scholarly work. NOTE: Students may not count more than a combined total of eight units of directed research projects and policy lab practica toward graduation unless the additional counted units are approved in advance by the Petitions Committee. Such approval will be granted only for good cause shown. Even in the case of a successful petition for additional units, a student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. For detailed information, see "Directed Research/Policy Labs" in the SLS Student Handbook. CONSENT APPLICATION : To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments.

Terms: Aut, Win, Spr | Units: 1-3 | Repeatable 4 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Lemley, M. (PI); Miller, S. (PI); Sheeler, P. (GP)

LAW 413F: Policy Practicum: Mediation Confidentiality and Attorney Malpractice in California

The issue of confidentiality is central to contemporary mediation practice, yet raises significant public policy issues. The California Legislature has directed the California Law Revision Commission to analyze "the relationship under current law between mediation confidentiality and attorney malpractice and other misconduct and the purposes for, and impact of, those laws on public protection, professional ethics, attorney discipline, client rights, the willingness of parties to participate in voluntary and mandatory mediation, and the effectiveness of mediation, as well as any other issues that the Commission deems relevant," with an eye to making recommendations for revising relevant state law. California is a leader in the ADR domain and significant changes in its policies regarding mediation have the potential to affect mediation law in other state courts as well as the federal court system. In this practicum students will work collaboratively to assist Commission staff identify issues for research and analysis, conduct research and prepare policy memoranda for consideration of Commission staff. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments. NOTE: Students may not count more than a combined total of eight units of directed research projects and policy lab practica toward graduation unless the additional counted units are approved in advance by the Petitions Committee. Such approval will be granted only for good cause shown. Even in the case of a successful petition for additional units, a student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. For detailed information, see "Directed Research/Policy Labs" in the SLS Student Handbook. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Aut, Win, Spr | Units: 2 | Repeatable 4 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Martinez, J. (PI)

LAW 413N: Policy Practicum: Court Online Mediation Service Practicum

California is a leader in alternative dispute resolution (ADR), and its innovations have the potential to affect mediation law in state and federal courts across the nation. In this practicum students will work collaboratively to build a new online dispute resolution (ODR) system to be piloted in the San Mateo Superior Court for Family Law. Stanford students will work side by side with faculty, court staff, and experts from Modria Inc. (a leading mediation software designer) to implement the Beta Test of the design. The core of this quarter's work will focus on introducing the platform to its first users - claimants with family law disputes - and designing an evaluation program for collecting feedback and implementing improvements. The project will include opportunities to learn basic coding skills, innovate user experience (UX) design for a tech product, and work directly in family law client services. Most importantly, this project addresses a long-neglected access-to-justice issue in California, where 60-80% of claimants arriving in civil courts cannot afford an attorney. ODR, designed and tested properly, may streamline the system for those who need it most while still offering supervision and quality control of the court staff. Special Instructions: Enrollment in Thinking Like a Policy Analyst (Law 444) encouraged. Preference given to students who have taken LAW 615 Negotiation, LAW 613 Dispute System Design, LAW 638 Mediation, or demonstrate substantial experience in ADR, or law and technology. Students have the option to write a paper for R credit. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Participation, Attendance, and Contribution to Project. Students may normally receive no more than four units for a Policy Lab practicum and no more than a total of eight units of Policy Lab practicums and Directed Research projects combined may be counted toward graduation unless additional units for graduation are approved in advanced by the Petitions Committee. A student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Win, Spr | Units: 2 | Repeatable 4 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Martinez, J. (PI)

LAW 413O: Policy Practicum: China's Solar Industry and its Global Implications

China dominates and defines a growing global market for solar power. That market faces a stark dichotomy. Solar energy's prospects as a meaningful electricity source are increasingly bright. Yet, amid a global glut of solar panels, the future contours of the industry - the relative roles of leading players such as the United States and China - are increasingly unclear. Students in this seminar will analyze industry and policy data to assess China's competitive strengths in the global solar industry and, based on those conclusions, to suggest finance and policy approaches that the US and China each could adopt so that the two countries operate more strategically in an economically efficient global solar market - and, by extension, a globalizing market for cleaner sources of energy. This research will figure into a project on this theme underway at the Steyer-Taylor Center for Energy Policy and Finance. Course deliverables will vary among students and will be based on discussions at the start of the class between the instructors and the students. Some students will produce papers; others will develop and analyze key sets of data. Students from graduate programs around the university - the law school and others - are encouraged to apply. Preference will be given to those with demonstrated interest in energy finance and policy, particularly bearing on China, and with fluency in Mandarin, though neither is a firm requirement. Given that the Steyer-Taylor Center project will continue through the academic year, preference also will be given to students who intend to continue with the practicum in both the winter and spring quarters. Students have the option to write papers for W or R credit. If the paper involves independent research, then it will be eligible for R credit. The instructor and student must agree whether the student will receive an R or a W. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from the W writing section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. NOTE: Students may not count more than a combined total of eight units of directed research projects and policy lab practica toward graduation unless the additional counted units are approved in advance by the Petitions Committee. Such approval will be granted only for good cause shown. Even in the case of a successful petition for additional units, a student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. For detailed information, see "Directed Research/Policy Labs" in the SLS Student Handbook. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Written Assignments or Paper. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Aut, Win, Spr | Units: 2-3 | Repeatable 4 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Ball, J. (PI); Reicher, D. (PI)

LAW 413V: Policy Practicum: Law and Economics of the Death Penalty

This is the practicum component of the Law and Economics of the Death Penalty Seminar. See Law and Economics of the Death Penalty Seminar (Law 397) for a detailed course description. Students who take the practicum component must attend the 9 seminar class meetings and do all reading and writing assignments of the seminar except that instead of writing a final paper of their choosing they will focus on actual policy or litigation work that will be arranged with various death penalty abolition groups. Only students enrolled in the Law and Economics of the Death Penalty Seminar (whether for two or three units) may enroll in the practicum component for two additional units. NOTE: Students may not count more than a combined total of eight units of directed research projects and policy lab practica toward graduation unless the additional counted units are approved in advance by the Petitions Committee. Such approval will be granted only for good cause shown. Even in the case of a successful petition for additional units, a student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. For detailed information, see "Directed Research/Policy Labs" in the SLS Student Handbook. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Aut | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Donohue, J. (PI)

LAW 413W: Policy Practicum: Expanding Access to Justice in California Courts for Limited-English Court Users

This policy practicum will offer recommendations to the California Supreme Court Chief Justice Tani Cantil-Sakauye, Associate Justice Maria Rivera (First District Court of Appeal), Hon. Manuel Cavarrubius (California Superior Court, County of Ventura) and members of the California Judicial Council to increase access to justice for limited English proficient (LEP) court users. The project interacts with the process of the Joint Working Group for California's Language Access Plan and assists development of a response to a U.S. Department of Justice notice that certain Court policies and procedures may be inconsistent with Title VI of the Civil Right Act of 1964 and its implementing regulations. Numerous state and local laws are also implicated by a potential lack of access for LEP court users. The California Commission on Access to Justice estimates that well over 7 million Californians, almost 20% of our state's population, "cannot access the courts without significant language assistance, cannot understand pleadings, forms or other legal documents and cannot participate meaningfully in court proceedings." Through fieldwork, literature review, legal research, and interviews with relevant participants and stakeholders students will identify challenges facing LEP litigants. Students will interview and consult with such parties as the Chief Justice, appellate court judges, state bar leaders and other attorneys, members of the Language Access Task Force of California, and individual stakeholders to develop recommendations for potential reform options, including whether the use of such technologies as video remote interpreting (VRI) can expand access to justice for LEP litigants. Students will be asked to produce written materials (findings and recommendations) as well as make oral presentations to California judges, Judicial Council staff, and others at meetings at each quarter. This policy practicum will be offered Fall 2014 and Winter 2015. We encourage students to participate both quarters if they are able to do so. Students should also note that field work will require some number of students to engage in overnight travel for court observation and local interviews in areas outside the Bay Area. Your availability to take the practicum both quarters and to travel for field research should be noted in your consent form. Students have the option to write papers for PW or R credit. If the paper involves independent research, then it will be eligible for R credit. The instructor and student must agree whether the student will receive an R or a PW. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from the PW writing section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. The practicum must be taken for at least two-units or more to receive R or PW credit. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments. Oral presentations to judges, commissions and California Judicial Council representatives, quality of research. NOTE: Students may not count more than a combined total of eight units of directed research projects and policy lab practica toward graduation unless the additional counted units are approved in advance by the Petitions Committee. Such approval will be granted only for good cause shown. Even in the case of a successful petition for additional units, a student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. For detailed information, see "Directed Research/Policy Labs" in the SLS Student Handbook. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Aut, Win | Units: 1-4 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Chin, D. (PI); Liu, T. (PI)

LAW 413X: Policy Practicum: Designing a Social Impact Bond for Santa Clara County Mental Health

Social impact bonds, also called "Pay for Success" initiatives, are an innovative finance mechanism through which investors provide the funds for organizations to provide social services at the request of a government entity. These investors may be repaid, with interest, depending on the organizations' success in achieving specified outcomes. The most noteworthy examples to date involve pay-for-success schemes to reduce recidivism in the UK, Massachusetts, and New York City prisons. Santa Clara County will soon issue a request for proposals for a social impact bond to reduce the hospitalization of mentally ill patients at the Santa Clara Valley Medical Center. It has retained Third Sector Capital Partners as an advisor and Keith Humphreys, Ph.D., Professor and Section Director for Mental Health Policy in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at Stanford University, as the evaluator. Students in this Policy Lab practicum will work with Dr. Humphreys, the Santa Clara County Counsel's Office, and Third Sector to develop the scheme, including designing clear metrics for success and undertaking a cost-benefit analysis of the de-institutionalization of mental health patients. It is likely that we will collaborate with faculty and students from other schools and departments having particular expertise in cost-benefit analysis and evaluation. Special Instructions: Total enrollment in this course will be limited to 12 (4 SLS students, 4 Medical School students & 4 other). A preference will be given to students who can enroll for both the Autumn and Winter quarters. NOTE: Students may not count more than a combined total of eight units of directed research projects and policy lab practica toward graduation unless the additional counted units are approved in advance by the Petitions Committee. Such approval will be granted only for good cause shown. Even in the case of a successful petition for additional units, a student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. For detailed information, see "Directed Research/Policy Labs" in the SLS Student Handbook. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline. Cross-listed with Psychiatry (PSYC 213).

Terms: Aut, Win, Spr | Units: 3 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Brest, P. (PI); Humphreys, K. (PI)

LAW 413Y: Policy Practicum: Catalyzing Nature-Based Coastal Flood Mitigation and Adaptation

Recently, several perilous and costly flood events have raised public awareness of the threats posed by coastal and riverine floods nationally. It is likely that with climate change, the frequency of heavy precipitation will increase in some areas over the 21st century, and that the return interval of flood events will decrease, greatly increasing overall flood risk. Traditionally, flood mitigation has occurred through the use of hard engineering - seawalls, revetments and levees. However, natural habitats and ecosystems also offer significant, and often overlooked and undervalued protections in mitigating or buffering flood hazards. Hazard mitigation plans and conservation project plans very rarely explicitly recognize the protective value of natural habitats, even though this value has been well documented. Moreover, hazard mitigation agents and environmental conservation organizations seldom work together, although recent catastrophic events highlight why it would make sense to do so. FEMA Region IX and The Nature Conservancy in California have recognized this and wish to develop a paradigm for working together to promote nature-based flood mitigation, and have asked for our help. Students in this practicum will: (a) Identify a coastal community with areas of both high flood risk and conservation value; (b) Design a nature-based strategy for risk reduction, which could include managed retreat and/or other mitigation/adaption tactics; (c) Identify available resources/programs/incentives for and barriers to implementation at the local, state and federal levels; (d) Design a process for enabling the community to avail themselves of these resources; and (e) Comment on how laws, regulations and programs could be changed to better facilitate nature-based flood risk reduction. Students will also provide insight into the transferability of this approach beyond the study area. Elements Used in Grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments. NOTE: Students may not count more than a combined total of eight units of directed research projects and policy lab practica toward graduation unless the additional counted units are approved in advance by the Petitions Committee. Such approval will be granted only for good cause shown. Even in the case of a successful petition for additional units, a student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. For detailed information, see "Directed Research/Policy Labs" in the SLS Student Handbook. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Win | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Caldwell, M. (PI); Martinez, J. (PI); Siders, A. (PI)

LAW 413Z: Policy Practicum: Endstage Decisions: Health Directives in Law and Practice

Medical decisions toward the end of life can be crucial and difficult for patients, doctors, and the families of patients. Law and medicine have been struggling to find ways to strike a balance between what the patients might want (or say they want), and what makes medical, economic, and ethical sense. People have been encouraged to fill out "Advanced Health Care Directives," which give guidance to doctors and surrogates (usually a family member) on what to do when faced with end-of-life dilemmas. Another form, adopted in just over half the states (including California) is the POLST form (Physician Orders for Life-Sustaining Treatment). The two types are supposed to complement each other, but they are different in important ways. The Advanced Health Care Directive expresses what a person wants, or thinks she wants, and/or appoints a surrogate, in case the patient is unable to express her wishes. Anybody can fill out a Directive, at any time of life. Ideally, a copy goes to the surrogate, if one is appointed, and another to the primary care physician. The POLST form is meant for people who are seriously ill. It is a one page form, printed on bright pink paper. It is signed by patient and doctor. The directives (for example "no artificial nutrition by tube") are supposed to be controlling; the patient, of course, can change her mind; but there is no surrogate. It is an agreement between the patient and the doctor. Who uses these forms? How effective are they? To what extent and in what situations are they useful? In what situations are they not useful? Can they be made more useful and, if so, how? There has been research on the subject; and a major report on the end-of-life issue (originally due out in December) will be released this summer. The class will look at some of this literature, but the main point will be to find out what local hospitals and nursing homes are doing. Students will conduct interviews with doctors, nurses, and other health care specialists in order to find out what one might call the living law of the Directive and of Polst. The aim is to get a more realistic picture of the situation in the area: how are these forms used, when are they used, what has the experience of health care professionals been; perhaps also some insight into the experience of patients and family members. The ultimately goal would, one hopes, be policy recommendations for improvements in the forms themselves, and the laws relating to the forms, along with recommendations for ways to improve the way the forms are or can be used; or whether some entirely different approach to the problem might be needed. Stanford Hospital and Clinics will be the client in researching and addressing the above questions. Elements used in grading: Final Paper. NOTE: Students may not count more than a combined total of eight units of directed research projects and policy lab practica toward graduation unless the additional counted units are approved in advance by the Petitions Committee. Such approval will be granted only for good cause shown. Even in the case of a successful petition for additional units, a student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. For detailed information, see "Directed Research/Policy Labs" in the SLS Student Handbook. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Aut, Spr | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Friedman, L. (PI); Pearson, B. (PI)

LAW 414B: Policy Practicum: Analyzing Alternative Laws and Policies for Psychoactive Drugs

Four states have already legalized marijuana, and there is a strong likelihood that California will significantly change its marijuana laws This practicum works closely with a policy client to assess alternative options for California marijuana laws. We will examine possible options through many lenses, including moral philosophy, welfare economics, neuroscience and medicine, criminal justice, and political analysis. Students will gain exposure to such policy analysis methodologies as epidemiology, econometrics, quasi-experimentation, simulation modeling, and cross-national case studies to identify and analyze options and likely tradeoffs to help the client and the citizens of California make informed choices. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments. NOTE: Students may not count more than a combined total of eight units of directed research projects and policy lab practica toward graduation unless the additional counted units are approved in advance by the Petitions Committee. Such approval will be granted only for good cause shown. Even in the case of a successful petition for additional units, a student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. For detailed information, see "Directed Research/Policy Labs" in the SLS Student Handbook. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructor. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3 | Repeatable 4 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; MacCoun, R. (PI)

LAW 414C: Policy Practicum: Strategic Litigation in Global Context

Students will work with litigators at the Open Society Justice Initiative, a law center housed inside a global foundation, on a comparative research project exploring the impacts of strategic litigation in the public interest. The resulting publication aims to assist strategic litigators, social change actors and rights activists in understanding the promise, risks and complexity of the burgeoning global practice of strategic litigation and in wielding this specialized justice tool more skillfully. The autumn practicum will culminate in a conference at the Law School in December 2014 before an international audience of practitioners, with the possibility of student papers appearing in a conference compilation. Students who are available both autumn and winter quarter may continue their work on the project through the winter. The project on the impacts of strategic litigation will examine how legal judgments - both positive and negative - and the ensuing record of implementation have influenced, together with other tools of change, the advancement of human rights in a variety of settings. Over the course of the Practicum, students will explore one or more of the following human rights themes: equal access to quality education, the death penalty, disability, housing rights, land rights and/or state-sponsored violence/torture. Cases will be drawn from domestic courts across the globe, as well as regional human rights tribunals and UN treaty bodies. Specific questions to be examined include: What contributions to social, political and legal change has strategic litigation made on particular issues in particular places? What were the conditions, circumstances and manner in which litigation was pursued (in conjunction with other tools) which enhanced its contribution(s), and which diminished them? What does comparative experience teach about the risks and trade-offs involved in deciding whether, when and how to litigate so that it generates the strongest and most enduring impacts? There is a preference for students who can enroll for both autumn and winter quarter. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments. NOTE: Students may not count more than a combined total of eight units of directed research projects and policy lab practica toward graduation unless the additional counted units are approved in advance by the Petitions Committee. Such approval will be granted only for good cause shown. Even in the case of a successful petition for additional units, a student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. For detailed information, see "Directed Research/Policy Labs" in the SLS Student Handbook. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Aut | Units: 3-4 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Martinez, J. (PI)

LAW 414D: Policy Practicum: Copyright Policy Practicum

One of today's great challenges for creative production on and off the Internet is to connect creative users of copyrighted works with the works' owners quickly and cheaply in order to enable licensed uses. With the United States Copyright Office as its client, this practicum will develop a feasibility study/rough prototype for a Web-based copyright clearance system. Law students will work with computer science and business students to inventory existing sources of copyright ownership information; explore with the managers of these sources (including the Copyright Office) protocols for integrating the sources in a Web-based platform; explore use protocols with potential copyright users; develop strategies for gathering ownership data that do not presently reside in databases; and develop (and possibly implement) criteria for platform-enabling software. NOTE: Students may not count more than a combined total of eight units of directed research projects and policy lab practica toward graduation unless the additional counted units are approved in advance by the Petitions Committee. Such approval will be granted only for good cause shown. Even in the case of a successful petition for additional units, a student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. For detailed information, see "Directed Research/Policy Labs" in the SLS Student Handbook. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for contact information and submission deadline. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Written Assignments.

Terms: Win, Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Goldstein, P. (PI); Herman, L. (PI)

LAW 414E: Policy Practicum: Legal and Policy Tools for Preventing Atrocities

In 2012, at the U.S. Holocaust Museum and Memorial, President Obama announced the adoption of a comprehensive global strategy to prevent atrocities. This strategy is based on a set of recommendations generated by an interagency review of the U.S. government's capabilities mandated by Presidential Study Directive 10 (PSD-10) of 2011. In unveiling this major new initiative, President Obama underscored that Preventing mass atrocities and genocide is a core national security interest and a core moral responsibility of the United States. Foundational to the PSD-10 recommendations was the creation of a high-level interagency Atrocities Prevention Board (APB) to monitor at-risk countries and emerging threats in order to coordinate the U.S. government's responses thereto. Since being established in 2012, the APB has worked to amass and strengthen a range of legal, diplomatic, military, and financial tools for atrocity prevention. This policy lab would support the APB primarily through one of its constitutive entities, the Office of Global Criminal Justice (GCJ) in the U.S. Department of State. GCJ is headed by an Ambassador-at-Large (Assistant Secretary equivalent) and advises the Secretary of State and the Under Secretary for Civilian Security, Democracy, and Human Rights on U.S. policy addressed to the prevention of, responses to, and accountability for mass atrocities. Students enrolled in the lab will pursue a range of projects devoted to (a) strengthening existing tools (such as hybrid accountability mechanisms and commissions of inquiry), (b) developing new capabilities (such as a global atrocities prevention sanctions regime), (c) evaluating the efficacy of past efforts in order to glean lessons learned, and (d) gathering best practices from other states and entities engaged in similar endeavors, all with an eye toward developing concrete recommendations for future action. The client is the Office of Global Criminal Justice in the State Department. Students may have the opportunity to travel to Washington to meet with the client and other government agencies involved in the APB and to present preliminary findings for feedback and additional direction. This is designed as a two quarter policy lab, although students may enroll for a single quarter (WINTER OR SPRING). Course must be taken for at least two units to meet "R" (Research) requirement. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Written Assignments, Final Paper. NOTE: Students may not count more than a combined total of eight units of directed research projects and policy lab practica toward graduation unless the additional counted units are approved in advance by the Petitions Committee. Such approval will be granted only for good cause shown. Even in the case of a successful petition for additional units, a student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. For detailed information, see "Directed Research/Policy Labs" in the SLS Student Handbook. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructor. See Consent Application Form for contact information and submission deadline.

Terms: Win, Spr | Units: 1-4 | Repeatable 4 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Van Schaack, B. (PI)

LAW 414F: Policy Practicum: Rethinking Penal Code Enhancements in California

The Stanford Criminal Justice Center was approached by the Chief Justice of California to advise the judiciary, and indirectly the Legislature, on potential revisions to the California Penal Code. The California prison system remains under federal court control for unconstitutional overcrowding, and the federal court is loath to terminate the injunction without some reassurance of reforms that might prevent the overcrowding from recurring. In the absence of a state sentencing commission, the Chief Justice believes that we at Stanford can perform a fresh new analysis of the parts of the Penal Code that most merit review, in terms of their undue complexity, their arguably disproportionate severity, and the possibility that they are major drivers of the size of the prison population. Enhancements are an incredibly complex part of the Penal Code. Tens of provisions, many of them obscure even to judges, allow for very large upgrades to sentences because of aspects of conduct that are said to aggravate the underlying crime. (Please note that while some of the enhancements under review involve prior crimes, we are not dealing with the Three Strikes Law.) The Chief Justice's administrative arm, the Administrative Office of the Courts (AOC), acknowledges that no one has performed even a statutory analysis of the overall scheme of enhancements, much less any empirical effort to connect them to prison inputs. This will likely be a multi-term Policy Lab that will ultimately gather data to attempt this empirical analysis, but the first term effort is more circumscribed. A team of students will undertake the mapping of the statutory terrain - a charting of all the enhancements in the Penal Code and the many cross-permutations of these enhancements and the crimes to which they attach, and as a first empirical cut, identification of the permutations of crime and enhancements that are most often charged in California. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for contact information and submission deadline. Elements used in grading: As agreed to by instructor.

Terms: Aut, Win | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Weisberg, R. (PI)

LAW 414G: Policy Practicum: Energy and Environmental Governance

Important energy and environmental initiatives cut across many agencies in the federal government, leading to significant policymaking and implementation challenges. Many of the agencies operating in the energy and environmental sphere have overlapping jurisdictions, but they also have different missions, priorities, and resources that push them toward agency-specific policies and programs and away from cross-cutting, government-wide initiatives. The result has been sub-optimal federal implementation of clean energy solutions, responses to climate change, the coordination of regulatory and permitting activity, and the like. In this SPRING QUARTER policy lab (3 units), students will work with the Center for American Progress (CAP) and the Office of Management & Budget in Washington to scope out the governance challenge and to review and analyze administrative tools (e.g., Executive Orders; Presidential Memoranda; inter-agency Task Forces; budget-led initiatives, etc.) that have been used to address it. Students will develop candid assessments of successes and failures and seek to identify common ingredients that may help predict the efficacy of cross-agency efforts. The policy lab will produce a report to CAP that should assist future Administrations in deploying more effective administrative governance tools in the energy and environmental arena. Elements used in grading - Individual and Team Development of Written Analyses and Policy Recommendations . NOTE: Students may not count more than a combined total of eight units of directed research projects and policy lab practica toward graduation unless the additional counted units are approved in advance by the Petitions Committee. Such approval will be granted only for good cause shown. Even in the case of a successful petition for additional units, a student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. For detailed information, see "Directed Research/Policy Labs" in the SLS Student Handbook. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructor. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Win, Spr | Units: 1-3

Instructors: ; Hayes, D. (PI)

LAW 414H: Policy Practicum: Preparing for Transition in Syria

Syria is in the midst of a devastating civil war, during which almost 200,000 persons have been killed, many more have been injured, and millions have been displaced. One major coalition of Syrian opposition groups, known as the National Coalition for Syrian Revolution and Opposition Forces, or the Syrian National Coalition, seeks to replace the current Syrian government, led by President Bashar al-Assad. As the Coalition plans for a post-Assad transition, it has encountered a number of legal and policy challenges that implicate international law, international relations, and administrative problems. Students will support the Public Interest Law and Policy Group, which is working closely with the Coalition, to provide legal advice on legal issues identified by the opposition as likely to arise in the event negotiations to resolve the Syrian conflict resume. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Written Assignments. NOTE: Students may not count more than a combined total of eight units of directed research projects and policy lab practica toward graduation unless the additional counted units are approved in advance by the Petitions Committee. Such approval will be granted only for good cause shown. Even in the case of a successful petition for additional units, a student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. For detailed information, see "Directed Research/Policy Labs" in the SLS Student Handbook. CONSENT: Contact Professor Weiner at aweiner@stanford.edu.

Terms: Win | Units: 1

Instructors: ; Weiner, A. (PI)

LAW 414I: Policy Practicum: Procedural Reform at the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC)

The CPUC is an administrative agency headquartered in San Francisco that regulates electricity, natural gas, telecommunications, water, and transportation. Many of its decisions (both adjudicatory decisions and regulations) are of enormous importance to the California economy. The proceedings to adopt these decisions are often lengthy and complex. The CPUC is interested in working with the Stanford Law and Policy Lab to consider procedural reforms to promote transparency and efficiency in its decisionmaking. There are three areas of potential procedural reform that the Policy Lab might consider. Which of the areas are selected for study will be decided after discussion between the CPUC, the supervising professor, and students enrolled in the practicum. i) Ex parte communication rules. Ex parte communications between outsiders and PUC decisionmakers are prohibited in adjudicatory cases; permitted in ratemaking cases but must be disclosed; and permitted in rulemaking without disclosure. Some CPUC decisionmakers believe that ex parte communications are essential to enable them to properly consider different points of view and to facilitate timely decisionmaking. Others view such communications as inherently unreliable and as undermining the transparency and accountability of the agency. The CPUC is interested in studying this problem and considering amendments to relevant statutes and regulations. ii) Open Meetings law. The Bagley Keene Act requires the CPUC to conduct open meetings when a quorum of its 5 commissioners meet. Bagley Keene has, in practice, effectively prevented the CPUC from properly managing its operations and engaging in useful deliberation. The CPUC and the Little Hoover Commission are considering whether to seek an amendment to Bagley Keene in order to permit more coordination and collaboration among CPUC Commissioners. iii) Evidence rules. The "residuum rule" requires that on judicial review of an agency decision, the record must contain at least some evidence, other than hearsay, to support the agency's findings and conclusions. A recent court decision has said the CPUC is subject to the residuum rule because it has been declared CPUC policy. A variety of evidence (such as studies by other government agencies) often comprise the underpinning of CPUC decisions and may not come under any hearsay exception. As a result, the residuum rule could compromise the efficiency of CPUC proceedings and risk reversal of future decisions on technical evidentiary grounds. The CPUC is interested in investigating potential solutions for remedying this problem. This practicum will carry two units of credit. It will be supervised by Visiting Professor Michael Asimow. Students will be expected to do field work and legal research and write a paper that makes policy proposals in one or more of the three areas discussed above. Enrollment is limited to three students and will be graded under the H/P/R/F system. Grades will be based on the level of a student's participation and the quality of the final paper. NOTE: Students may not count more than a combined total of eight units of directed research projects and policy lab practica toward graduation unless the additional counted units are approved in advance by the Petitions Committee. Such approval will be granted only for good cause shown. Even in the case of a successful petition for additional units, a student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. For detailed information, see "Directed Research/Policy Labs" in the SLS Student Handbook. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructor. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Win | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Asimow, M. (PI)

LAW 414J: Policy Practicum: Designing a Children's Coordinating Council

The Lab would work with the San Francisco Mayor's Office, helping create the structure for a new "Our Children, Our Families Council" that was established by a recent amendment to the City's charter. It is tasked with coordinating the City's efforts, and aligning with the SF Unified School District, to better support children, youth and families. In the lab, we would look at other places that have established children's councils in order to see how they are made to work most effectively, examine the current landscape of policy activity related to children, youth and families in SF, and help shape initial structures and plans for the Council. Special Instructions: Not open to 1Ls. Requires early commitment. Minimum number of students required. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Written Assignments. NOTE: Students may not count more than a combined total of eight units of directed research projects and policy lab practica toward graduation unless the additional counted units are approved in advance by the Petitions Committee. Such approval will be granted only for good cause shown. Even in the case of a successful petition for additional units, a student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. For detailed information, see "Directed Research/Policy Labs" in the SLS Student Handbook. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructor. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Spr | Units: 2-4

Instructors: ; Wald, M. (PI)

LAW 414K: Policy Practicum: Veterans Research

The Stanford Veterans Policy Practicum will explore the possibilities for veterans policy research programs at Stanford. The course is open to Stanford students from all departments, and will focus on researching the current disposition of veterans research at academic and research institutions nationwide, with a particular emphasis on entities and individuals engaged in conducting policy research. Through our research, we hope to identify the key entities, offices, and individuals engaged in veterans-related work, what they have studied and are studying, how they are funded, what models they use to operate and conduct research, how they publish their work, what impact their work has on policy and practice, and any other relevant information. Students interested in particular veterans policy issues are encouraged to study related research programs and all students will develop a strong understanding of veterans policy issues, the body of existing research on veterans issues and the current research framework. Students will present their research and findings in a suitable format, and there will be opportunities for students who choose to continue their work after the term. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Final Paper. NOTE: Students may not count more than a combined total of eight units of directed research projects and policy lab practica toward graduation unless the additional counted units are approved in advance by the Petitions Committee. Such approval will be granted only for good cause shown. Even in the case of a successful petition for additional units, a student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. For detailed information, see "Directed Research/Policy Labs" in the SLS Student Handbook. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructor. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Spr | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Bankman, J. (PI); Ledeen, G. (PI)

LAW 414L: Policy Practicum: Race, Gender and Prosecution

This policy practicum will focus on the gender and racial diversity of prosecutors' offices in California. Although police departments have collected and reported data of this kind for decades, no similar information is publicly available for prosecutors, despite the longstanding belief that diversity is important for criminal justice decision makers. Recent controversies around the country about the investigation and prosecution of killings by police officers have only underscored the continued importance of attention to the role that race plays in the administration of justice in our country. Students will request workforce demographic data from the 62 prosecutors offices in CA (58 county District Attorney offices and 4 US Attorney offices) based on the California Public Records Act and the federal Freedom of Information Act, collate and analyze the collected data, and collaborate in drafting a public report describing and analyzing the results. Work on the report will likely involve a literature review on the importance of staff diversity in criminal justice agencies. Students may also research public records laws in other states in anticipation of expanding the study. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments. NOTE: Students may not count more than a combined total of eight units of directed research projects and policy lab practica toward graduation unless the additional counted units are approved in advance by the Petitions Committee. Such approval will be granted only for good cause shown. Even in the case of a successful petition for additional units, a student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. For detailed information, see "Directed Research/Policy Labs" in the SLS Student Handbook. CONSENT INSTRUCTIONS: If you're interested in enrolling in this class, please send your resume, a writing sample, and a one-page statement of your interest and relevant experience to Debbie Mukamal (dmukamal@law.stanford.edu) by March 6, 2015.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Mukamal, D. (PI); Sklansky, D. (PI)

LAW 414M: Policy Practicum: Policing and Data Innovation

This course will place students in projects with a local Police Department. Each student will work as part of a team that will communicate and work directly with Department officials. The projects will focus on one of three areas where the Dept. seeks to improve its operations. One project will examine ways the Department might better elicit and receive feedback from community members. Another project will examine how the Dept. might better use the information from the stop data forms that its officers complete. A third project will consider the use of body worn cameras. Each student team will produce a written report and present its findings to Dept officials. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Final Paper. NOTE: Students may not count more than a combined total of eight units of directed research projects and policy lab practica toward graduation unless the additional counted units are approved in advance by the Petitions Committee. Such approval will be granted only for good cause shown. Even in the case of a successful petition for additional units, a student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. For detailed information, see "Directed Research/Policy Labs" in the SLS Student Handbook. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructor. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Spr | Units: 2-4 | Repeatable 4 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Banks, R. (PI); Eberhardt, J. (PI)

LAW 418: Advanced Criminal Defense Clinic

Advanced clinic allows students who have taken the Criminal Defense Clinic to continue working on cases. Participation in case rounds is required. Advanced clinic may be taken for 2-7 units. Students may not enroll in any clinic (basic or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. Students must have taken Criminal Defense Clinic (Law 408). Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance, written assignments and case work. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Aut, Spr | Units: 2-7

Instructors: ; Luban, S. (PI); Tyler, R. (PI)

LAW 419: Three Strikes Project: Criminal Justice Reform & Individual Representation

This seminar offers a unique opportunity to study criminal justice reform in real time. In this seminar, students will read and discuss a variety of cases and articles, examining the evolution of incarceration and sentencing reform in California as a case study in the history, politics, practical considerations and legal regulation of sentencing and "mass incarceration" in the United States. Students will also have an opportunity to test their skills in the field, assisting in the representation of inmates currently seeking sentence reductions under recently enacted criminal justice legislation. California's criminal justice system has been under turmoil and scrutiny in recent years. The state remains under an order from the United States Supreme Court in its landmark decision, Brown v. Plata, to reduce its prison overall population. California began its effort to address prison overcrowding in 2011 by enacting sweeping legislation to "realign" criminal justice resources and shift major responsibilities from the state level to local counties. In 2012, voters passed the Three Strikes Reform Act of 2012 (Proposition 36) by ballot measure, reforming the California's famously harsh recidivist sentencing statute. And this past November, voters extended the reforms by passing the Safe Neighborhoods and Schools Act of 2014 (Proposition 47), reducing several nonviolent crimes to misdemeanors. Past Project students were closely involved in enacting last two reforms and are now engaged in implementing the new sentencing statutes. In addition to studying the law and related criminal justice policy, students will assist with different stages of ongoing litigation on behalf of nonviolent inmates seeking sentence reductions. Students will visit a Project client in prison, conduct factual investigation in the field, and draft petitions on our client's behalf. Students will also contribute to ongoing policy work to ensure the effective implementation of reforms impacting our clients, which include individual prisoners and the NAACP Legal Defense and Educational Fund. The Project is an ongoing, fast-paced organization that depends on the hard work and contributions of law students enrolled in the seminar. This course offers the opportunity to both study the theory behind the law, and to hone practical litigation and advocacy skills in and out of the courtroom. The seminar will meet for 3 hours per week. Students will also meet for 1 hour individually and in teams with Project director Mike Romano each week to discuss their work on their projects. CONSENT APPLICATION: Interested students must apply to enroll in the seminar by sending a one-page statement of interest and resume by email with the subject line "application" to Mike Romano (mromano@stanford.edu). Applications will be considered on a rolling basis. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments.

Terms: Aut, Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Romano, M. (PI)

LAW 423: Advanced Supreme Court Litigation Clinic

The Advanced Supreme Court Litigation Clinic provides an opportunity for students who have already successfully completed the Supreme Court Litigation Clinic to continue their work in the Clinic. Work includes research and drafting petitions for certiorari and oppositions, merits briefs, and amicus briefs, compiling joint appendices, and preparing advocates for oral argument, as well as commenting on drafts of briefs being filed by lawyers in other cases. Advanced students will also continue to participate in the Clinic's discussion of cases during case rounds. For a more elaborate description of the clinic's content, see the course description for Course Number 436-0-01. Special instructions: Admission is by consent of instructor. Advanced students may arrange with the instructor to receive between two and seven units. No student may receive more than 27 overall clinical credits, however, during the course of the student's law school career. Students have the option to receive R credit upon instructor approval. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Projects and participation. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Aut, Win, Spr | Units: 2-7 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 14 units total)

Instructors: ; Fisher, J. (PI); Wolfman, B. (PI)

LAW 425: Statutory Interpretation

Statutory law is the dominant source of contemporary law, and it is the form of law that lawyers are likely to confront most often in almost any area of practice. It is also an area of vibrant intellectual debate, as scholars, Supreme Court justices, and others debate the methods and aims of statutory interpretation. In this course, students will learn and apply the methods of statutory interpretation, such as the use of legislative history and the canons of construction. The goal will be to prepare students to be lawyers who can effectively identify, craft, and assess arguments and counter-arguments on behalf of a client about how a statute should be interpreted. We will also spend some time on the theoretical debates about textualist, purposive and dynamic interpretation, for example, but primarily to inform students' ability to assess and make arguments about how a statute should be interpreted. No laptops in class, except when designated by instructor. Elements used in grading: Class participation (30%), two 5-7 page (single-spaced) memos involving research, one due mid-quarter and one due at the end of the quarter (35% each).

Terms: Spr | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Solomon, J. (PI)

LAW 427: Local Government Law

This course will examine the source, scope and limits of local government power. It will consider the relationship of local governments to state and federal government and of the relationship of local governments to the individuals and communities within and around them. Specific themes will include the potential of local governments to be responsive democratic communities, the potential of local governments to become isolated or exclusive enclaves, and the effect of local governments on the metropolitan political economy. Using the casebook Local Government Law by Frug, Ford and Barron, the course will examine state and federal doctrine that affects local government, political/ social theory and urban planning/ development literature.nOpen to first-year Law School students with prior instructor approval.nSpecial Instructions: Students may write papers in lieu of the final exam. Upon instructor consent, students interested in writing should enroll in Law 427-0-02. Students who do not receive a spot in section 02 may enroll in section 01.nElements used in grading: Exam or paper and class participation

| Units: 3

LAW 430: Trusts and Estates

This course will cover the following topics: intestacy; will execution and revocation; will provisions and interpretations; restrictions on the right to devise; probate; creation, amendment and termination of trusts; revocable and irrevocable trusts; trust provisions; charitable trusts; trust administration; and substitutes and conservatorships. Elements used in grading: Final exam (In-School: open book, essay).

Terms: Spr | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Pearson, B. (PI)

LAW 432: Modern Fossil Fuel Extraction

This workshop seminar will provide students with the opportunity to examine and critique cutting-edge research and work in the field of environment, energy, and natural resources. Although it is open to all students, the seminar is designed especially for those with an interest in the field who wish to stay abreast of current issues, work, and ideas. In each class, an academic expert, policy maker, or practitioner will present their current research or work and engage in a robust discussion. Special Instructions: Grades will be based on class participation and; Option 1 (Section 01, 2 units) - You will receive a course credit if you choose to write reflection/discussion papers. Grading for this option is Mandatory P/R/F. Option 2 (Section 02 or 03, 2-3 units) - Students will have the option, to write reflection/discussion papers and a longer paper for Research (R) credit or Writing (W) credit, with consent of the instructor. If the longer paper involves independent research, then it is eligible for "R" credit. The instructor and student must agree whether the student will receive "R" credit or "W" credit. Students approved for "R" credit will be enrolled in Section 02 for 2-3 units depending on paper length, student approved for "W" credit will be enrolled in Section 03 for 2 units. Grading for this option is H/P/R/F. Elements used in grading: (1) Class participation and reflection/discussion papers (2) Class participation, reflection/discussion papers and longer papers for Writing/Research students. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Win | Units: 2-3 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 6 units total)

Instructors: ; Caldwell, M. (PI); Hayes, D. (PI)

LAW 434: Contract Design: Principles and Practice

Although transaction lawyers spend much time drafting contracts and related documents, they can contribute very significant value by designing transactions. Transactions should be tailored to the goals and circumstances of each set of parties, but there are some general principles that can guide the design process. This seminar examines some of these principles: such as the use of embedded options in contracts, of third parties, and of tailored procedures for dispute resolution and enforcement. Some of the readings and discussion will be at a fairly high level of abstraction, drawing on economic and sociological theories of contracting. The rest will closer to ground level, looking at particular types of transactions, such as franchising, construction, joint ventures, or start-up financing. We will also look at the process of innovation in contract design, including the role of lawyers and digital document production. Students will be required to write paper for the seminar, and encouraged to focus on a specific type of transaction. Special Instructions: Grades will be based on (1) short papers for "W" (Writing credit) or (2) an independent research paper for "R" (Research credit). After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Short papers or research paper. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Spr | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Triantis, G. (PI)

LAW 436A: Supreme Court Litigation Clinic: Clinical Practice

The Supreme Court Litigation Clinic will expose students to the joys and frustrations of litigation before the Supreme Court of the United States. The bulk of the clinic will be run as a small law firm working on live cases before the Court. Students will participate in drafting petitions for certiorari and oppositions, merits briefs, and amicus briefs, compiling joint appendices, and preparing advocates for oral argument, as well as commenting (the technical term is "kibbitzing") on drafts of briefs being filed by lawyers in other cases. The precise nature of the cases will depend on the Court's docket, but in recent Terms, the clinic's cases have involved federal criminal law and procedure, habeas corpus, constitutional and statutory antidiscrimination and employment law, bankruptcy law, and the First Amendment. Our aim is to involve students as fully as possible in this type of litigation. The Clinic begins with an intensive introduction to the distinctive nature of Supreme Court practice, including the key differences between merits arguments and the certiorari process, the role of amicus briefs, and the Supreme Court Rules. After that, seminar meetings will be devoted primarily to collaborative work on the cases the clinic is handling. While students will be primarily responsible for working in teams on one case at a time, they will also be expected to acquire familiarity with the issues raised in other students' cases and will both edit each others' substantive work and assist each other and the instructors with the technical production work attendant on filing briefs with the Supreme Court. The course will involve substantial amounts of legal research. The Supreme Court operates on a tight, and unyielding deadline, and students must be prepared both to complete their own work in a timely fashion and to assist one another and the instructors on other cases. The instructors will not ask students to do any kind of "grunt work" that they themselves will not also be handling, but grunt work there will be: proofreading, cite-checking, dealing with the joint appendix, and the like. The nature of the work product means that while students will average thirty hours per week on their case-related work, that work will surely be distributed unevenly across the quarter. Unlike most other courts, the Supreme Court has no student practice rules. Thus, students will not be able to argue cases before the Court. But they will participate in moot courts on their cases, as both advocates and Justices. Each student will also have the opportunity to travel to Washington to see the Court in session, preferably with respect to a case on which the student has worked. Ideally students will already have experience with persuasive doctrinal writing, through a course like Federal Pretrial Litigation or through intensive supervision during their summer jobs or other clinics. Admission to the Clinic is by consent of the instructors. Students will need to submit a writing sample that reflects their facility with doctrinal legal arguments and the name of at least one reference who can comment on their legal analytic ability. - - Special instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses - - The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: Written work, editing of other student's written work, attendance, class and moot court participation. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Aut, Spr | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Fisher, J. (PI); Wolfman, B. (PI)

LAW 436B: Supreme Court Litigation Clinic: Clinical Methods

The Supreme Court Litigation Clinic will expose students to the joys and frustrations of litigation before the Supreme Court of the United States. The bulk of the clinic will be run as a small law firm working on live cases before the Court. Students will participate in drafting petitions for certiorari and oppositions, merits briefs, and amicus briefs, compiling joint appendices, and preparing advocates for oral argument, as well as commenting (the technical term is "kibbitzing") on drafts of briefs being filed by lawyers in other cases. The precise nature of the cases will depend on the Court's docket, but in recent Terms, the clinic's cases have involved federal criminal law and procedure, habeas corpus, constitutional and statutory antidiscrimination and employment law, bankruptcy law, and the First Amendment. Our aim is to involve students as fully as possible in this type of litigation. The Clinic begins with an intensive introduction to the distinctive nature of Supreme Court practice, including the key differences between merits arguments and the certiorari process, the role of amicus briefs, and the Supreme Court Rules. After that, seminar meetings will be devoted primarily to collaborative work on the cases the clinic is handling. While students will be primarily responsible for working in teams on one case at a time, they will also be expected to acquire familiarity with the issues raised in other students' cases and will both edit each others' substantive work and assist each other and the instructors with the technical production work attendant on filing briefs with the Supreme Court. The course will involve substantial amounts of legal research. The Supreme Court operates on a tight, and unyielding deadline, and students must be prepared both to complete their own work in a timely fashion and to assist one another and the instructors on other cases. The instructors will not ask students to do any kind of "grunt work" that they themselves will not also be handling, but grunt work there will be: proofreading, cite-checking, dealing with the joint appendix, and the like. The nature of the work product means that while students will average thirty hours per week on their case-related work, that work will surely be distributed unevenly across the quarter. Unlike most other courts, the Supreme Court has no student practice rules. Thus, students will not be able to argue cases before the Court. But they will participate in moot courts on their cases, as both advocates and Justices. Each student will also have the opportunity to travel to Washington to see the Court in session, preferably with respect to a case on which the student has worked. Ideally students will already have experience with persuasive doctrinal writing, through a course like Federal Pretrial Litigation or through intensive supervision during their summer jobs or other clinics. Admission to the Clinic is by consent of the instructors. Students will need to submit a writing sample that reflects their facility with doctrinal legal arguments and the name of at least one reference who can comment on their legal analytic ability. - - Special instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses - - The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: Written work, editing of other student's written work, attendance, class and moot court participation. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Aut, Spr | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Fisher, J. (PI); Wolfman, B. (PI)

LAW 436C: Supreme Court Litigation Clinic: Clinical Coursework

The Supreme Court Litigation Clinic will expose students to the joys and frustrations of litigation before the Supreme Court of the United States. The bulk of the clinic will be run as a small law firm working on live cases before the Court. Students will participate in drafting petitions for certiorari and oppositions, merits briefs, and amicus briefs, compiling joint appendices, and preparing advocates for oral argument, as well as commenting (the technical term is "kibbitzing") on drafts of briefs being filed by lawyers in other cases. The precise nature of the cases will depend on the Court's docket, but in recent Terms, the clinic's cases have involved federal criminal law and procedure, habeas corpus, constitutional and statutory antidiscrimination and employment law, bankruptcy law, and the First Amendment. Our aim is to involve students as fully as possible in this type of litigation. The Clinic begins with an intensive introduction to the distinctive nature of Supreme Court practice, including the key differences between merits arguments and the certiorari process, the role of amicus briefs, and the Supreme Court Rules. After that, seminar meetings will be devoted primarily to collaborative work on the cases the clinic is handling. While students will be primarily responsible for working in teams on one case at a time, they will also be expected to acquire familiarity with the issues raised in other students' cases and will both edit each others' substantive work and assist each other and the instructors with the technical production work attendant on filing briefs with the Supreme Court. The course will involve substantial amounts of legal research. The Supreme Court operates on a tight, and unyielding deadline, and students must be prepared both to complete their own work in a timely fashion and to assist one another and the instructors on other cases. The instructors will not ask students to do any kind of "grunt work" that they themselves will not also be handling, but grunt work there will be: proofreading, cite-checking, dealing with the joint appendix, and the like. The nature of the work product means that while students will average thirty hours per week on their case-related work, that work will surely be distributed unevenly across the quarter. Unlike most other courts, the Supreme Court has no student practice rules. Thus, students will not be able to argue cases before the Court. But they will participate in moot courts on their cases, as both advocates and Justices. Each student will also have the opportunity to travel to Washington to see the Court in session, preferably with respect to a case on which the student has worked. Ideally students will already have experience with persuasive doctrinal writing, through a course like Federal Pretrial Litigation or through intensive supervision during their summer jobs or other clinics. Admission to the Clinic is by consent of the instructors. Students will need to submit a writing sample that reflects their facility with doctrinal legal arguments and the name of at least one reference who can comment on their legal analytic ability. - - Special instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses - - The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: Written work, editing of other student's written work, attendance, class and moot court participation. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Aut, Spr | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Fisher, J. (PI); Wolfman, B. (PI)

LAW 439: Mind the Gap: Exploring Selected Areas of American Inequality

This course will explore the equity of resource distribution and opportunity in the United States in the 21st century. We will explore and evaluate the common critique that the contemporary structure of various entities (such as schools, courts, andnthe legislature) contributes to increased inequality. Some of the likely topics to be covered in class, along with their concomitant impact on equity, include: language and identity; trade-offs between equality of opportunity and equality of outcome; stereotype threat; felon disenfranchisement; labor market inequality; urban vs. rural poverty; the erosion of mental health services; and how factors such as race, ethnicity, gender, and income can contribute to academic achievement gaps. The class will explore the substantive issues related to equality and inequality as well develop written and oral skills for advocacy, including drafting op-eds, position papers, and other written materials and preparing for oral presentations. Each student will be responsible for leading at least one class at San Quentin State Prison to a mixed class composed of Stanford and San Quentin prisoner students. Students will be also be expected to write weekly reflection papers in response to the assigned reading and to attend and participate heavily in each class discussion; they will also be expected to edit and provide individual feedback on the written assignments of the San Quentin students. In addition, attendance at a one day training conducted by the Prison University Project is mandatory. Class will meet on Fridays from 3:00 - 5:00pm. Grades will be based on a combination of active class participation and preparation, consistent attendance, and several written assignments. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form to the instructors; the form is available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (See Registration and then Law Students). See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Spr | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Weisberg, R. (PI)

LAW 440: Biotechnology Law and Policy

Legal and policy issues raised by the biotechnology industry. Issues include patenting, corporate organization and financing, conflicts of interest, regulatory approvals, health care financing issues, and tort liability. Prospects for and implications of the biotechnology revolution. Organized around hypothetical problems. Undergraduates require consent of instructor.

Last offered: Spring 2006 | Units: 2

LAW 441: European Legal History

This seminar will explore major topics in European legal history from ancient Rome through the present: Roman law, canon law, feudalism, sixteenth- and seventeenth-century constitutionalism, modern natural law, the age of absolutism and the rise of the centralized, administrative state, the structure of Old Regime law and society and the radical changes brought about by revolution, the German historical school of jurisprudence, and the rise of the European Union and a new culture of international human rights. In exploring these topics, we will focus on certain core, recurring themes that continue profoundly to shape the world in which we live. These include the sources and nature of law (positive law vs. custom), the relationship between law and society, and the relationship between law and history. Classroom discussion will focus on selected primary- and secondary-source texts that we will read as a group. The course will be limited to 12 SLS students with 10 additional slots held for students enrolling in HISTORY 238E/338E. Elements used in grading: Brief analytical paper (6-8 pages, worth 35% of the total course grade) and final exam (worth 65% of the total course grade). Cross-listed with History (HISTORY 238E & HISTORY 338E).

Terms: Win | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Kessler, A. (PI)

LAW 447: Communications Law: Broadcast and Cable Television

Most people watch television on a regular basis (although not necessarily on TV). Television entertains, delivers the news, and provides an important forum for debating political issues. Focusing on communications law and first amendment law, the course will discuss how and why regulation shapes what we see on TV, and how it attempts to ensure that television can fulfill its functions for society. For example, why is cable television so expensive? Why can comedians swear on cable TV, but not on broadcast TV? Should regulators care as much about violence as they do about indecency? Can we trust the market to give the audience what it wants? Will the market provide content that is in the public interest, such as local news or educational programming, or do regulators need to intervene? Should we care if media outlets are increasingly owned by a few small conglomerates? And how does the Internet affect the need for ownership regulation? The course mostly focuses on the U.S., but highlights developments elsewhere where appropriate.nnSpecial instructions: Students may take Communications Law: Internet and Telephony and Communications Law: Broadcast and Cable Television in any order (neither is a prerequisite for the other).nnThere are no prerequisites for this course. No technical background is required.nnElements used in grading: Class participation, attendance, final exam.

Last offered: Winter 2014 | Units: 3

This course will examine the Food and Drug Administration. It will focus largely on the FDA's regulation of drugs and biologics, but will also cover its regulation of medical devices, nutritional supplements, and, to some extent, its jurisdiction over special legal, social, and ethical issues arising from advances in the biosciences. Special Instructions: The class is open to all law or medical students. Graduate students may be admitted from other parts of the University by consent of the instructor. Substantial class attendance is required; in addition, the quality of class participation will play a small role in grading. Elements used in grading: Attendance, class participation, and final exam (In-school, open book). (Cross listed with Health Research and Policy (HRP 209)

Terms: Aut | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Greely, H. (PI); Zettler, P. (PI)

LAW 458: FDA's Regulation of Health Care

(Same as HRP 209.) Open to law or medical students; graduate students by consent of instructor. Focus on the FDA's regulation of drugs, biologics, medical devices, nutritional supplements, and its jurisdiction over food, legal, social, and eithical issues arising from advances in the biosciences.

Last offered: Autumn 2008 | Units: 2

LAW 459: Intellectual Property and Antitrust Law

This is an advanced seminar focusing on antitrust law as it applies to the creation, licensing, and exercise of intellectual property rights. At least one IP or antitrust class is a prerequisite, and ideally both. Papers will be due before the Law School deadline. Draft papers will be due in time for student presentations. Elements use in grading: Class participation and final paper.

Terms: Aut | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Lemley, M. (PI); Sheeler, P. (GP)

LAW 461: Foreign and International Legal Research

This course will introduce students to concepts and skills used in international and foreign law research. Students will learn to construct successful research strategies for questions of foreign law, public international law, and private international law. Both primary and secondary authority will be covered in various formats. Students will understand how different legal systems and cultures influence the use and assessment of legal resources. The course will also equip students to critically evaluate current and future research tools. No pre-requisites or foreign language ability required. Advanced degree and non-law students are welcome to enroll in the course. Learning Outcomes - *Identify primary and secondary sources of materials on international law and foreign legal systems. *Develop effective research strategies using online and print resources. *Critically evaluate research tools for international and foreign legal research. *Appreciate cultural and historical influences on the development of legal systems and their relevance to legal research. *Understand the role of language and translation tools in researching foreign and international law. Elements used in grading: Class participation & attendance (10%), written assignments (70%) and final paper (20%).

Terms: Win | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Stone, S. (PI)

LAW 465: Venture Capital I

This course introduces the operation of the venture capital industry from both a theoretical and practical perspective. The course follows the start-up process from initial formation of a new High-Tech venture through its private capitalization, the navigation of typical operational or strategic hurdles/milestones, and potential exit through merger or initial public offering. It analyzes each step in the process from perspective of the entity, of the founder-employees, and of the venture backers. It also considers the incentive mechanisms and control structures used at each step of the transaction (and alternatives to these structures), with a focus on both the underlying economic and financial theory, as well as on pragmatic considerations in structuring the transactions. Students are required to complete a term sheet negotiation exercise, write a short paper on a current topic relevant to the industry (topics to be distributed), and and sit for an examination. Special Instructions: modest background in financial analysis or Excel, such as might be obtained in QM finance (Law 467), is a prerequisite for this course. Elements used in grading: Class assignments and final exam (In-School, Essay and Objective, closed book).

Terms: Win | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Rodkin, J. (PI); Siciliano, D. (PI)

LAW 467: Quantitative Methods: Finance

The time value of money. Present and future value analysis; discounting; net present value; IRR; bond valuations; and a critique of other project valuation methods. Diversification, the risk-return trade-off, portfolio performance measurement, and market efficiency. Arbitrage and tax considerations. Emphasis is on applications in legal settings.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 2

LAW 467: Quantitative Methods: Finance

This course covers some of the central ideas in modern finance with a particular focus on the time value of money. Topics include present value and future value analysis, discounting, net present value, "IRR", bond valuations, and a critique of other project valuation methods. Along with a brief overview of "market fundamentals" and an introduction to the vocabulary of modern "popular finance" (as found in such publications as the Wall Street Journal), additional topics will include diversification, the risk-return trade-off, portfolio performance measurement, and market efficiency. Issues of arbitrage and tax considerations will be considered as time allows. Each topic is introduced with an emphasis on applications in legal settings. The course is intended to provide students with very little or no background in finance with the essential vocabulary, tools, and insights to spot "finance related issues" in various legal practice areas. The problem sets, class discussions, and applied hypotheticals should allow students to develop the skills necessary to ask the right questions when confronted with problems that involve elements of modern finance. Special Instructions: You are expected to have little or no background in finance or related areas prior to taking this course. Required math skills are very modest (low-level high school algebra, at most) and students will rely mainly on the use of Excel and/or financial calculators for simple calculations. Elements used in grading: Class participation, written assignments and final exam (In-School: closed book, objective).

Terms: Win | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Siciliano, D. (PI)

LAW 468: Statistical Inference in Law

Drawing an inference from quantitative evidence lies at the heart of many legal and policy decisions. This course provides the tools, concepts, and framework for lawyers to become sophisticated consumers of quantitative evidence and social science. Unlike traditional statistics courses, it will be taught using substantive case law as a springboard for considering quantitative evidence. The class is geared with students with no background, drawing only on high school algebra. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance, and assignments. Attendance is required to retain a seat in class.

| Units: 3

LAW 468: Statistical Inference in Law

Tools, concepts, and framework to become consumers of quantitative evidence and social science. Case law as a springboard for considering quantitative evidence.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 3

LAW 470: Originalism's Alternatives

Competing methods for interpreting constitutional text. Alternatives within originalist methodology and alternatives to originalism, such as common-law reasoning, moral readings, democratic themes, foreign sources, and judicial minimalism. Focus on judicial decision making. Justifications for treating ancient constitutional text as law, the formal amendment process, defenses of judicial review, and influences on judicial behavior aside from interpretive method.

| Units: 2

New developments in Internet and other technology enable new forms of innovation, content production and political participation that have the potential to significantly transform our economy, society and democratic system. This transformation will not happen automatically. Technical, legal and economic choices will affect whether the Internet can realize its potential or not. Communications law - the law that governs both the physical infrastructures for communications services such as cable and telephone networks as well as the communication services which are provided over these infrastructures - has become one of the most important arenas in which choices affecting the future of the information society are made. The debates over network neutrality (whether network providers should be able to restrict the applications and content that their Internet service customers can access over the network) or the right ways to foster broadband deployment are examples of this trend. At the same time, the Internet's ability to support a variety of different communications services such as telephony, information services or video over the same physical network infrastructure challenges the existing communications law, which is based on the assumption that different physical infrastructures offer different communications services. What are the features of the Internet that are at the core of its economic, social, cultural and political potential? What can regulators and legislators do to allow the Internet to realize this potential? And how can they allow applications like Internet telephony and traditional telephony to coexist without giving one an unfair advantage over the other? The course will address how current law deals with these questions, but also explore what regulators and legislators may do to better deal with the challenges posed by the Internet. The course is mostly focused on the US, but highlights developments elsewhere where appropriate. Special Instructions: Students may take Communications Law: Internet and Telephony and Communications Law: Broadcast and Cable Television in any order (neither is a prerequisite for the other). There are no prerequisites for this course. No technical background is required. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance, final exam.

Terms: Win | Units: 4

Instructors: ; van Schewick, B. (PI)

LAW 483: Deal Litigation Seminar

Practical and doctrinal perspective on mergers and acquisitions litigation. Case studies from practice in the Delaware courts where much contemporary deal litigation occurs; students apply cases and legal principles in practical situations that may arise in a transactional litigation practice. The litigator's role in the transactional setting. Prerequisite: familiarity with basic corporate law principles.

Last offered: Winter 2008 | Units: 2

LAW 487: The Evolution of Finance

This course discusses the financial crisis of 2008-9, developments since that time, and the future of finance. We consider how regulation, technology, and the changing world economy will create challenges and opportunities. We have guest speakers for about half of the classes. The list changes from year to year, but 2013's speakers included Tanya Beder, Sue Decker, Jacob Goldfield, Tom Kempner, Ana Marshall, Vincent Reinhart, Larry Summers, and Kevin Warsh. Elements used in grading: Group Project/Paper. Mandatory attendance. Absences impact grade. Participation 25% Project/Paper 75%. Cross-listed with Graduate School of Business (MGTECON 343).

Terms: Win | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Bulow, J. (PI); Goldfield, J. (SI); Scholes, M. (SI)

LAW 491: Myth, Law, and Practice

Collective myths from a variety of traditions and cultures capture enduring psychological truths about human choices and the human condition. Lawyers at various stages in their careers have their own personal myths, sometimes conscious and sometimes not. These personal myths embody key tendencies that determine or heavily influence each lawyer's personal and professional path. This course examines both collective myths that capture relevant archetypal human tendencies and the personal myths along with the associated histories of individual lawyers. It offers a space and time for each student to consider his or her own personal and professional direction through the course materials, class interactions, and a series of reflection papers. The course benefits from the collaboration of Michael Guasperini, a Ph.D. mythologist and lawyer whose primary vocation is working intimately with lawyers and firms during periods of personal and institutional transition. Mr. Guasperini has deep experience with the personal lives of hundreds of lawyers at various ages and levels of professional development. Elements used in grading: A series of reflection papers totaling at least 18-pages. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Win | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Strnad, J. (PI)

LAW 496: Legal Studies Workshop

The Legal Studies Workshop is designed to support students working on a piece of legal scholarship with an eye to publication. The workshop will meet every other week throughout the academic year. Students may sign up for any combination of quarters, and will receive one credit for each quarter they are enrolled. Each session will be devoted to presentations of one or two student works-in-progress. Every student is expected to present his or her own work at least once in the academic year, and to provide constructive oral feedback on others'. Attendance is mandatory (except of course for extenuating circumstances). Other faculty will participate on an informal basis when their expertise will be helpful for a particular paper. There are no written requirements for the course, and no requirement that the work presented be original to the Workshop. Students may wish to use the Workshop as an opportunity to expand on seminar papers or pursue independent research projects for which they are getting separate credit through one of the research tracks (e.g., directed research, dissertation). Whether students are working on a new project or revising an old, the expectation is that students will develop their topics independent of the course. Students who would like to participate in the Workshop but feel they need help in developing a workable research topic should consult Profs. Meyler and Ho ahead of time. Elements used in grading: Class participation and attendance.

Terms: Aut, Win, Spr | Units: 1 | Repeatable 3 times (up to 3 units total)

Instructors: ; Ho, D. (PI); Meyler, B. (PI)

LAW 500: Modern American Legal Thought

The course is a survey of the theories of law and adjudication that have been most important in this country since the Civil War, concluding with an introduction to presently significant schools of legal thought. The past schools of thought we treat are Formalist Legal Science, Sociological Jurisprudence, American Legal Realism, and Legal Process. The more recent and still active movements include such as Law and Moral Philosophy, Law and Economics, Critical Legal Studies, Feminist Jurisprudence, Public Choice Theory, and Neo-formalism. The readings are drawn primarily from primary materials - the important contemporary manifestos and critiques of the schools of thought studied, along with writings that involve their application or reveal their influence. Among the recurring issues treated are: How political is law? How objective? How much do and should courts legislate? Is law mostly rules? Principles? Policies? Decisions? How much should law be bound up with other intellectual disciplines? What should legal education be like? Elements used in grading: Final Exam.

Terms: Win | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Fried, B. (PI)

LAW 504: International Business Negotiation

This course is structured around a quarter-long, simulated negotiation exercise which is intended to provide an in-depth study of the structuring and negotiating of an international business transaction. This class will be taught in counterpart with a class at Berkeley Law School. Students in this class will represent a U.S. pharmaceutical company, and the students in the class at Berkeley will represent an African agricultural production company. The two companies are interested in working together to exploit a new technology developed by the pharmaceutical company that uses the cassava produced by the African agricultural production company. The form of their collaboration could be a joint venture, a licensing agreement or a long term supply contract. The negotiations between the two classes will take place through written exchanges and through real-time negotiation which will be conducted both in-person and via videoconferences. The purpose of the course is to provide students with an opportunity (i) to experience the sequential development of a business transaction over an extended negotiation, (ii) to study the businesses and legal issues and strategies that impact the negotiation, (iii) to gain insight into the dynamics of negotiating and structuring international business transactions, (iv) to learn about the role that lawyers and law play in these negotiations, (v) to give students experience in drafting communications, and (vi) to provide negotiating experience in a context that replicates actual legal practice with an unfamiliar opposing party (here, the students at Berkeley). Students will also learn about the legal and business issues that may arise in joint ventures, supply agreements and licensing agreements. The thrust of this course is class participation and active involvement in the negotiations process. Students are expected to spend time outside of class, working in teams, to prepare for class discussions involving the written exchanges, as well as preparing for the live negotiations. Class discussions will focus on the strategy for, and progress of, the negotiations, as well as the substantive legal, business and policy matters that impact on the negotiations. In addition to the regular Monday class, classes will meet for the live negotiations on two Thursday evenings on-campus at 7:00 PM (10/16 and 10/30) and three Saturday mornings at 10:30 AM (10/11, 10/25 and 11/15) in the San Francisco office of DLA Piper (555 Mission Street; close to Montgomery St. BART station). Due to the Thursday and Saturday classes, this class will conclude on November 17. The course will be limited by lottery to eight (8) law students (additional students from engineering or business may also participate). Attention Non-Law Students: You must complete and submit a Non-Law Student Course Add Request Form to the Law School Registrar's Office (Room 100). See Stanford Non-Law Student Course Registration on the SLS Registrar's Office website. Prerequisites: A course in basic negotiations (e.g., Law 615) or comparable prior experience is recommended. A primer on basic negotiations skills will be offered at a time TBD as an alternative for students who have not had a prior negotiations class or experience. Elements used in grading: Class participation, written assignments and final paper.

Terms: Aut | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Finkelstein, J. (PI)

LAW 509: Facilitation for Attorneys

This course is designed to help students develop an understanding of the practice of facilitation in the legal context and to develop skills as facilitators. As the practice of law becomes more complex, it includes more and more situations where groups of people need to work together. Common examples include: planning complex legal strategies, developing firm policies, coordinating work among attorneys and staff, working with corporations or other multi-person clients, shareholder meetings, public commissions and councils, corporate and non-profit Board of Directors meetings. Countless hours are spent in meetings - a typical lawyer in the United States can expect to spend at least 10,000 hours in meetings during his or her working life. This course will help students improve the quality of both the processes and products of meetings, as a facilitator, leader, or meeting participant. Class Schedule dates: Sunday Oct 26 from 8:30 - 5:30, Friday Oct. 31 from 1-6, and Sunday Nov. 9 from 8:30 - 5:30. Elements used in grading: Class attendance, participation and final paper.

Terms: Aut | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Notini, J. (PI)

LAW 513: California Climate Change Law and Policy

Same as EARTHSYS 233, EARTHSYS 133. The California Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006, the clean cars and trucks bill, and the greenhouse gas emissions performance standard. Complementary and subsidiary regulations such as the renewable portfolio standard, the low Carbon fuel standard, land use law, and energy efficiency and decoupling. Focus is on the draft scoping plan to outline California's policies for economy-wide reductions in greenhouse gas emissions. The Western Climate Initiative. History, details, and current status of California's efforts.

Last offered: Autumn 2008 | Units: 2

LAW 514: The California Coast: Science, Policy, and Law

(Same as EARTHSYS 175, EARTHSYS 275, CEE 175A, CEE 275A.) Interdisciplinary. The legal, science, and policy dimensions of managing California's coastal resources. Coastal land use and marine resource decision making. The physics, chemistry, and biology of the coastal zone, tools for exploring data from the coastal ocean, and the institutional framework that shapes public and private decision making. Field work: how experts from different disciplines work to resolve coastal policy questions.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 3

LAW 515: Sustainable Energy: Business Opportunities and Public Policy

This course examines trends and opportunities in the sustainable energy sector with a particular focus on low carbon energy. We examine these trends in the context of technological change, emerging business opportunities and the parameters set by public policy. Specific topics to be examined include: > The State of the Global Cleantech Industry.> The Impact of Regulatory Policies and Tax Subsidies.> Cost Competitiveness of Alternative Energy Technologies.> VC Perspective on Sustainable Energy Start-ups.> Project Finance > Fossil Fuels and Carbon Capture.> Renewable Energy, including Solar PV and Biofuels.> Energy Efficiency and Storage. Elements used in grading: Active class participation (30% of grade), case studies (30% of grade) and a course project (group project) to be delivered at the end of the fall quarter (40% of grade). The course project can alternatively (i) develop a (rough) business plan, (ii) analyze an existing business or technology in the sustainable energy domain, or (iii) analyze the impact of an existing regulation or proposed policy. Enrollment: Enrollment is capped at 60 students. The class is open to all MBA and Law School students. 10 seats will be set aside for graduate students from outside the two schools. These students are required to obtain instructors' permission for enrollment. Compressed class: Fall quarter, weeks 3-5 and 7, Mo., Wed., Fri. 4:00-6:15 p.m., Oct 6-24 and Nov 3-7. Graduate School of Business (GSBGEN 332).

Terms: Aut | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Reichelstein, S. (PI); Reicher, D. (PI); Kasian, L. (GP)

LAW 519: 21st Century Professional Skills and Practice Management

This course will help students to develop the professional management skills that are essential for a successful legal career. The course will focus on team dynamics and leadership; effectively communicating with clients, colleagues, other parties and tribunals; client development and service; managing expectations and unexpected adversity; and the economics of law practice, including forecasting demand for legal services and project management. For the final paper, students will create a comprehensive, personal plan outlining the substantive knowledge, professional skills, and business focus they need to build a fulfilling law practice. Assignments and simulations will demonstrate and model various skills and instructors will provide real-time feedback to students on class exercises. The course is not limited to any particular type of practice (size or substantive area). Elements used in grading: Class participation and attendance, course exercises and written assignments.

Terms: Win | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Galloway, M. (PI); Robinson, S. (PI)

LAW 524: Mental Health Law

This seminar explores topics in mental health law with special emphasis on liberty issues. After a brief introduction to mental disorders, their treatment and the mental health profession, the seminar sessions will explore topics such as: civil commitment, criminal responsibility, competency determinations, and the right to refuse and consent to psychiatric treatment. A research paper is required. Elements used in grading: Final Paper.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Strnad, J. (PI)

LAW 527: Juvenile Justice and Social Policy

Juveniles are accorded special status under the American legal system. This introductory course will examine the historical precedents and philosophical reasons for treating juveniles differently from adults, and review empirical evidence about child development that can illuminate the reasons for their special status within the court system. Students will learn about the distribution of juvenile delinquency and the impact of significant social and institutional influences on delinquency: family, school, peers, and drugs. The course will also provide a detailed overview of the juvenile system, from its beginning to the current state of the institution, which will include a review of police work with juveniles, pretrial procedures, and the juvenile court and corrections systems. Major court rulings that have shaped contemporary juvenile justice will be presented. Finally, the course will consider dispositional options available to Courts, and will identify the most effective in reducing delinquency. By the conclusion of this course, students should have an understanding of the juvenile justice system and how it compares with the adult justice system, what programs work to reduce recidivism, and be cognizant of some of the major legal and policy issues confronting that system today. The course format will combine lecture, group discussions, and guest presentations. Students may also have the opportunity to observe the juvenile justice system first hand by attending a juvenile court session, visiting a correctional facility for adjudicated delinquents, and hearing directly from those who work with high-risk youth on probation or in the community. Written Work. Each student will write four reflection papers, 5-7 pages each (about 1,700 words) over the quarter. Due dates will be listed in the class syllabus. Elements used in grading: Final grades will be based on the four reflection papers (20% each) and class participation (20%). This course is open to 2Ls, and 3Ls in the Law School.

Terms: Aut | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Petersilia, J. (PI)

LAW 528: Economic Analysis of Law

This course will provide a broad overview of the scholarly field known as "law and economics." The focus will be on how legal rules and institutions can correct market failures. We will discuss the economic function of contracts and, when contracts fail or are not feasible, the role of legal remedies to resolve disputes. We will also discuss at some length the choice between encouraging private parties to initiate legal actions to correct externalities and governmental actors, such as regulatory authorities. Extensive attention will be given to the economics of litigation, and to how private incentives to bring lawsuits differ from the social value of litigation. The economic motive to commit crimes, and the optimal governmental response to crime, will be studied in depth. Specific topics within the preceding broad themes include: the Coase Theorem; the tradeoff between the certainty and severity of punishment; the choice between ex ante and ex post sanctions; negligence versus strict liability; property rules; remedies for breach of contract; and the American rule versus the English rule for allocating litigation costs. There is no formal economics prerequisite to take this course, though some prior training in economics will be helpful. Elements used in grading: Final exam. Midterm exam grade will be used to boost your final grade if you do better on the midterm exam than on the final exam. Cross-listed with Public Policy (PUBLPOL 302B).

Terms: Aut | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Polinsky, A. (PI); Sheeler, P. (GP)

LAW 532: Understanding the Legislative Process: American Legislative Institutions in Analytical Perspective

Statutes are central to the legal system in the United States and virtually every other country, but they are generated through an intricate legislative process that is often poorly understood and has in recent years been subject to intense criticism. The primary goal of this course is to explore certain categories, procedures, and norms used in the U.S. Congress. The class will also consider how the U.S. legislative process functions relative to approaches in other countries (particularly advanced industrialized countries with mature legislative and executive institutions), and will critically examine some of the concerns that have been raised among scholars and commentators about the efficacy of the U.S. legislative process. Specific topics covered in the course will include the legislative budgeting and appropriations process; legal (including constitutional) interpretation in the legislature; oversight of executive and administrative action; legislative agenda-setting and other counter-majoritarian features of the lawmaking process; and the division of labor between legislative chambers, committees, and subcommittees. Students will have an option of either choosing between writing 4 short response papers (4-5 pp. each), or one longer paper for writing "W" credit for 3Ls only. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the W requirement, with consent of the instructor. Special Instructions Writing (W) credit is for 3Ls only. Elements Used in Grading: Class participation, attendance, four short response papers or final paper.

Last offered: Spring 2014 | Units: 3

LAW 534: Law and Psychology

This course will examine the implications of psychological theory and research for normative legal theory and for contemporary legal policies, procedures, and practices. The course will draw on contemporary cognitive, social, and clinical psychology to address the concepts of intent, responsibility, deterrence, retribution, morality, and procedural and distributive justice. We will examine evidence law (e.g. eyewitness testimony, polygraphy, expert testimony, psychiatric diagnosis and prediction), procedure (e.g., trial conduct, jury selection, settlement negotiations, alternative dispute resolution), and various topics in criminal law, torts, contracts, property, discrimination, family law, and other areas. We will compare "rational actor" and psychological perspectives on decision making by juries, judges, attorneys, and litigants. Special Instructions: After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Series of shorter papers or final independent research paper totaling 28-pages. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Win | Units: 3

Instructors: ; MacCoun, R. (PI)

LAW 538: Sociology of Law

This course explores major issues and debates in the sociology of law. Topics include historical perspectives on the origins of law; rationality and legal sanctions; normative decision making and morality; cognitive decision making; crime and deviance, with particular attention to the problem of mass incarceration; the "law in action" versus the "law on the books;" organizational responses to law, particularly in the context of labor and employment; the roles of lawyers, judges, and juries; and law and social change with particular emphasis on the American civil rights movement. Special Instructions: Students are expected to attend a weekly TA-led discussion section in addition to lecture. Sections will be scheduled after the start of term at times when all students can attend. Paper requirements are flexible. Cross listed with the Sociology Department (Soc 136/236). See "Special Instructions" in course description above. Elements Used in Grading: Class participation, paper proposal, three short papers and a final paper (see syllabus for details).

| Units: 3-4

LAW 539: Law and Policy of the European Union

(Same as IPS 232.) European legal and institutional integration, the nature and sources of EU law, the evolution of the single market, and the building of a supranational judicial system. General principles of EU law, the scope of Community powers and their application in the national legal systems of the member states, EU legislation and adjudication, the four freedoms of the single market, corporate and competition policy, and human rights law. U.S.-EU trade and anti-trust issues, cooperation in defense, development assistance, promotion of democracy, and relations in the context of the new challenges to global governance.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 3

LAW 541: Legal Profession Workshop: Deconstructing Big Law

Wondering what life in a large law firm will be like in this age of radical change in the delivery of legal services? How the new economics are shaping the structure and management of large law firms? How law firms are re-thinking professional development and advancement within firms? What the globalization of legal services portends for your future? The goal of the workshop is to bring research and practical experience to bear on helping you think about how to build a professional career in an era of professional change.

| Units: 3

LAW 545: Alternate Dispute Resolution: Law, Practice, and Policy

Lawyers' representation of their clients increasingly calls for skills within a broad range of alternative dispute resolution processes. In this course, you will learn about the variety of dispute resolution procedures that operate under the ADR umbrella, within and outside of the court system (including mediation and arbitration). The goal is for students to understand the law and policy behind these alternatives relative to court adjudication, to be able to select the appropriate process for a client, and to effectively represent that client in the selected process. Guests include third party neutrals and advocates from a range of contexts, including federal court, private mediation, private and public arbitration, and corporate legal counsel.

Last offered: Autumn 2012 | Units: 3

LAW 546: Alternative Dispute Resolution: Practicum

Effective client representation increasingly calls for lawyers with skill within a broad range of alternative dispute resolution processes. In this course, you will have the opportunity to observe 2-3 ADR processes being handled by Bay Area third-party neutral practitioners. Students in the class will meet periodically to review relevant law and policy, and to discuss observed cases. Grades will be based on seminar participation and 3 short papers. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline. Co- or Prerequisites: Mediation or Arbitration. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance and written assignments.

Terms: Spr | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Martinez, J. (PI)

LAW 549: Chinese Legal System: Introduction to the

Legal institutions, major areas of substantive and procedural law, and the gap between law on the books and in action. Topics include the World Trade Organization, the Communist Party's recognition of private property, and reforms of financial system and human rights protection mechanisms.

Last offered: Autumn 2008 | Units: 3

LAW 550: Uses of Policy Analysis in the Law

Uses of policy analysis in substantive and procedural law reform and the practical and political constraints that limit its usefulness. Case study approach, including examples of policy analyses that played a role in recent policy debates, in the legislative arena, and in key court decisions. Previous topics include capital punishment, school vouchers, class actions, racial profiling, three-strikes laws, gun control, and gays in the military. Final paper. Prerequisite: LAW 383.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 2

LAW 555: The Plaintiffs' Lawyer: Institutional Constraints and Ethical Challenges

Plaintiffs' lawyers are the interpreters and gatekeepers of the civil justice system. They alone sift through possible claims and decide which will, or will not, be filed, and they alone shepherd personal injury clients through the baffling maze that is contemporary civil litigation. Because of their pivotal role, to study "the plaintiffs lawyer" is to study many of the most controversial and important issues at the intersection of tort law, civil procedure, and legal ethics. In this course, we will study who personal injury lawyers are, how they find clients, how they fund litigation, and how they usher complex cases to conclusion. In so doing, we will address: the role and regulation of lawyers, the use and abuse of the contingency fee, the legality and normative consequences of solicitation and attorney advertising, the propriety of secret settlements, the rise and impact of "alternative litigation finance," and the difficult ethical and practical issues posed by class actions, aggregate actions, and multidistrict litigations (MDLs). The final segment of the course will involve a series of case studies, where students will have the opportunity to see the course's themes echoed and expressed in recent real-world controversies. Specifically, we will study litigation involving the diet drug fen-phen, the pain reliever Vioxx, and Chevron's operations in the Ecuadorian rainforest. Elements used in grading: Class participation, reflection papers, final paper, and group presentation. The final paper will be due shortly after the course's conclusion.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Engstrom, N. (PI)

LAW 556: Counterterrorism Law and Institutions

This seminar will explore a range of legal and policy questions in U.S. law related to the prevention of terrorism. Topics include intelligence-gathering, investigations, and the prosecution of suspects in U.S. courts, including controversies surrounding the use of informants, material support laws, racial and religious profiling, electronic surveillance, terrorist watchlists, and terrorism trials. In exploring these controversies, the course focuses on several core themes: 1) the contested relationship between rights and security; 2) the question of institutional choice in national security decision-making and oversight; and 3) the challenge of assessing the efficacy of counterterrorism measures. The course pays special attention to the policy controversies that affect U.S. communities, including minority and immigrant communities. To develop skills central to the work of practicing lawyers, students will write two short papers that simulate the actual work assignments of lawyers for government agencies, human rights groups, or other interested parties. For instance, students might draft a local ordinance on police intelligence-gathering, prepare a memo for a national security agency head or member of Congress, or design an administrative mechanism for resolving watchlist complaints. These assignments, for Writing (W) or Professional Writing (PW) credit, will be due before the end of the quarter. Alternatively, students may opt to take the seminar for Research (R) credit with the professor's approval, according to the standard requirements and deadlines. In addition to completing the writing assignments, students are expected to read thoroughly and contribute to a thoughtful and lively discussion each class. Special Instructions: After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Class participation and two short papers or research paper. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Spr | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Sinnar, S. (PI)

LAW 562: Comparative Civil Rights

This course will compare civil rights laws in the United States to those in several other countries in Europe and the developing world. We will focus on how differing national histories, priorities, politics and demographics have led to distinct approaches to anti-discrimination as well as on how civil rights movements have influenced and borrowed from each other. Special Instructions: The course will be taught using a "flipped classroom" format: students will complete a series of on line class segments that include video interviews with experts from around the world, texts and quizzes. The on line materials will allow flexibility so that students can focus in greater depth on areas of interest as well as review foundational material on American anti discrimination law, international law and international human rights. Classroom time will be dedicated to discussion and questions. Students have the option to write papers for either Writing (W) or Research (R) credit. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance and final paper. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Win | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Ford, R. (PI)

LAW 563: Beyond the Common Law: Tort Reform and Tort Alternatives

Over the past century, tort law has been under sustained attack. Using a broad mix of case law, case studies, and scholarly analysis, this seminar will interrogate those attacks-including their historical roots, their theoretical justifications, and their practical effects. We will first study "replacement reforms"-attempts to jettison the common law in favor of alternative compensation mechanisms, including workers' compensation, auto no-fault, the September 11th Victim Compensation Fund, and the Vaccine Injury Compensation Program, housed within the U.S. Court of Claims. Second, we will study modern tort reform initiatives, often dubbed "discouragement reforms," which have chiseled away at damages and chilled personal injury victims' incentives and capacity to seek relief. Finally, we will study the United States Supreme Court's own tort reform activity, including recent jurisprudence limiting punitive damages and granting broad preemptive effect to agency actions. Through this analysis, students will develop a deeper and richer understanding of the tort system, its contemporary operation and excesses, and the uneasy but important place tort law-and civil litigation more generally-occupies in contemporary American society. Special Instructions: Grades will be based on class attendance, class participation, and either several short reflection papers (section (01)) or an independent research paper (section (02)). After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Students taking the course for R credit can take the course for either 2 or 3 units, depending on paper length. Elements used in grading: Class participation, class attendance, panel group questions, reflection papers or research paper. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012. Early drop deadline.

Terms: Spr | Units: 2-3

Instructors: ; Engstrom, N. (PI)

LAW 565: Immigration Law: Current Constitutional and Civil Rights Issues

Issues related to the constitutional and civil rights of immigrants. Focus is on the statutory framework regulating the admission of non-citizens and the constitutional principles that govern immigration law and policy. Issues may include restrictions on federal court jurisdiction over immigration matters, detention of non-citizens, public and private discrimination on the basis of alienage, labor and workplace rights of immigrant workers, refugee and asylum law, post 9/11 issues, local and state laws targeting immigrants, and matters pending in the Supreme Court. Guest lecturers.

Last offered: Autumn 2008 | Units: 2

LAW 565: Immigration Law and the Constitutional Rights of Non-Citizens

This survey course will provide a foundation in immigration law, the system of admission and removal, and constitutional principles relating to immigration. While surveying the laws and norms governing immigration and the regulation of non-citizens, we will explore their application to selected current topics by drawing on the instructor's extensive experience litigating civil rights cases on behalf of non-citizens. These current topics may include: detention of immigrants; state and local laws relating to immigrants; extraterritorial application of the Constitution; and the intersection of immigration and criminal law, including criminal grounds of deportability, immigration-related crimes, and Fourth Amendment issues arising in immigration enforcement. No prior course or background in immigration law is required, but familiarity with basic constitutional law and criminal procedure will be helpful. Elements used in grading: Class participation and attendance (20%), final exam (limited open book) (80%).

Terms: Win | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Wang, C. (PI)

LAW 576: Law and Sexuality

This seminar will focus on how the law regulates sexuality. We will approach the material as an exercise in advanced constitutional law, exploring how courts have used--or might use--federal or state constitutional provisions to address issues regarding a wide array of issues involving sexuality. The core of the class will relate to contemporary controversies concerning sexual orientation and gender identity (including, for example, regulation of sexual conduct, defining sexual identity, the Boy Scouts' policy, marriage and parenting rights of same-sex couples, among others). But we will also discuss other issues, including controversies about sex education and polygamy. We will maintain an interdisciplinary focus throughout as we consider how social, cultural, and political forces shape, and are shaped by, legal doctrine. Special attention will be paid to the unfolding debate on same-sex marriage as a case study in the contested role of courts as engines of social change. All students taking the seminar for 2 credits will write a final research paper of approximately 18 pages (for R credit). Students who wish to write a longer R paper (approx. 26 pages) may enroll in the seminar for 3 credits. Elements used in grading: Class participation and final paper.

| Units: 2-3

LAW 576: Sexual Orientation and The Law

How the law addresses contested contemporary issues concerning sexual orientation. Constitutional, criminal, family, and anti-discrimination law. Regulation of sexual conduct, discrimination in the military and Boy Scouts, the law concerning sexual minorities as parents, conflicts between sexual and religious freedom, and the role of direct democracy in shaping sexual orientation law. Debate over same-sex marriage. Emerging sexual identities such as transsexuality and intersexuality. Interdisciplinary focus on how social, cultural and political forces shape, and are shaped by, legal doctrine. How gender structures sexual orientation debates.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 2

LAW 577: Regulation of the Political Process

This course is intended to give students a basic understanding of the themes in the legal regulation of elections and politics. We will cover all the major Supreme Court cases on topics of voting rights, reapportionment/redistricting, ballot access, regulation of political parties, campaign finance, and the 2000 presidential election controversy. The course pays particular attention to competing political philosophies and empirical assumptions that underlie the Court's reasoning while still focusing on the cases as litigation tools used to serve political ends. Elements used in grading: Class participation and exam. Cross-listed with Communication (COMM 361) and Political Science (POLISCI 327C).

Terms: Win | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Ginsberg, B. (PI); Persily, N. (PI)

LAW 581: Workshop in Sociology of Law

(Same as SOC 338.) Required for joint degree J.D./Ph.D. students in Sociology in the first three years of program; open to Ph.D. students in Sociology and related disciplines. Empirical, sociological study of law and legal institutions. Topics such as the relation of law to inequality and stratification, social movements, organizations and institutions, political sociology and state development, and the social construction of disputes and dispute resolution processes. Research presentations. Career development issues. May be repeated for credit.

Last offered: Winter 2008 | Units: 1-3 | Repeatable 1 times (up to 3 units total)

LAW 583: International Investment Law

International investment law and arbitration is one of the fastest-developing areas of international law. It is an area that combines elements of treaty and customary international law, public policy, and private dispute resolution. In the past decade, there has been a dramatic increase in the number of bilateral investment treaties and other agreements with investment-related provisions, followed by a sharp rise in the number of disputes between private investors and sovereign states under those specialized legal regimes. In particular, investment arbitration under the auspices of the World Bank's International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes (ICSID) is booming, with some 419 arbitration and conciliation proceedings instituted under the ICSID Convention and Additional Facility Rules as of 31 December 2012. Due to the widespread geographical participation of states and private investors in investment arbitration, involving significant amounts of money in every conceivable investment sector-from oil, gas & mining, construction, transportation to the financial sector-the particularities and dynamics of investment treaty law and arbitration are becoming increasingly important to foreign investors, sovereign states, and the global economy that is increasingly fueled by foreign investment. The rise of international investment law and arbitration has also bred a new and exciting practice area in global law firms, where teams of lawyers act on behalf of investors against sovereign states, or defending sovereign states against investor claims, before international arbitral tribunals. This course will cover four broad areas: (I) the historic, theoretical and policy grounds underpinning international investment law; (II) the substantive obligations and standards governing the investor-state relationship; (III) the growth of investor-state arbitration and its impact on international law; and (IV) the wider issues of fairness and functionality of investment treaty law and investor-state dispute resolution. The course uses materials from international investment treaty texts, case law, and commentaries to enable students to evaluate and apply legal doctrine to future situations. As international investment law and investment arbitration is a dynamic, unsettled, and controversial body of law, this course will highlight different and sometimes conflicting interpretations and decisions in the area, and invite students to analyze, discuss, and form their own views on key issues. Elements used in grading: Class participation and final paper.

Terms: Spr | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Tan, D. (PI)

LAW 585: Introduction to Transnational Law

International aspects of modern legal practice. Public and private international law, and comparative law. Case studies focus on human rights, environment, trade, and commercial law. National sovereignty in the era of globalization, the democratic deficit of international institutions, theories about why nations obey or disobey international law, how nations internalize or reject international norms, how international institutions interact with national legal systems, and the role of non-state actors in the international system.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 3

LAW 586: Islamic Law

Topics include marriage, divorce, inheritance, ritual, war, rebellion, abortion, and relations with non-Muslims. The course begins with the premodern period, in which jurists were organized in legal traditions called ¿schools of law.¿ After examining the nature and functions of these institutions, we turn to the present era to study the relationship between customary law, state law, and the Islamic legal heritage in Egypt and Indonesia. The course explores Muslim laws and legal institutions and the factors that have shaped them, including social values and customs, politics, legal precedents, and textual interpretation. Elements used in grading: Participation & final paper. Cross-listed with Religious Studies (RELIGST 201/301).

Terms: Win | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Sadeghi, B. (PI)

LAW 588: Sports Law

This seminar covers various legal and business aspects of professional sports, the Olympics and college athletics. Topics covered may include antitrust law, labor law, collective bargaining, torts, contracts, agency, constitutional law, administrative law and intellectual property. Class lecture and discussion will be supplemented with speakers from the sports industry, with an emphasis on current and future sports law issues. Students who have taken Labor Law (Law 301) will be given priority. Special Instructions: Any student may write a paper in lieu of the final exam with consent of instructor. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from the exam section (01) to the paper section (02) with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: attendance, participation, one-day take-home exam or final paper. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructor. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Wong, G. (PI)

LAW 591: Securities Regulation: Raising Capital in U.S. Markets, from Start-up through IPO and Beyond

A complex web of securities regulations governs the process by which businesses raise capital in the United States. This course reviews the legal regime governing capital formation, from angel financing and venture capital rounds that fuel start-up activity in Silicon Valley, through the initial public offerings (IPOs) by which companies "go public" (with special reference to the recent Alibaba IPO), and reporting obligations that arise once firms are publicly traded. The course also considers the evolving role of on-line securities placement markets, such as Angel List. In addition, the course examines the "Rule 144A market" through which many of the world's largest entities raise billions of dollars a year in U.S. markets, without ever becoming subject to SEC public disclosure requirements. Elements used in grading: Final exam.

Terms: Win | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Grundfest, J. (PI); Brown, G. (GP)

LAW 592: Law, Race, and Inequality

This course will examine the application of constitutional and statutory antidiscrimination law to race related controversies across a variety of settings. After some exploration of the historical origins of statutory and constitutional antidiscrimination law, the course will then consider antidiscrimination law as applied to contemporary controversies in specific settings, which may include criminal justice, college admissions, political participation, primary/secondary education, employment, housing, hate speech, and the formation of family relationships. The readings will be varied and will include judicial opinions, scholarly commentary, and social science research. Throughout, we will aim to understand both the specific challenges of regulating race in particular contexts, and the broader (and conflicting) conceptions of racial justice that inform law, policy and morality. Students in the seminar will write a substantial research paper of either 18 pages to receive 2 units of credit or 26 pages to receive 3 credits. Elements used in grading: Class participation and research paper.

Terms: Aut | Units: 2-3

Instructors: ; Banks, R. (PI)

LAW 599: Climate Change Workshop

Students prepare papers to be used as technical support for problems that arise in the negotiations for the new global climate change agreement. Examples of paper subjects include analyzing the performance of proposed financial mechanisms in support of climate favoring technologies, the roles of intellectual property in facilitating or impeding technology diffusion, and the effectiveness of existing or past efforts to influence technology innovation at national or international levels. Focus is on output to those questions framed by the negotiation issues where bottlenecks may be avoided through improved technical support. (Semester schedule)

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 3 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 6 units total)

LAW 603: Environmental Law and Policy

This course provides an introduction to federal environmental law, regulation, and policy in the United States. The course emphasizes the cooperative and competing roles that the federal and state governments play in implementing environmental law in the United States. The course encourages students to adopt a comparative and dynamic view of environmental protection under U.S. law. We begin with a discussion of the property law roots of environmental law. Next we briefly touch on some aspects of U.S. administrative law that are essential to understanding the material that follows (students should feel free to take this class without having taken Administrative Law). This is followed by a discussion of the risk assessment and cost-benefit frameworks essential to understanding the current U.S. approach to environmental problems. We conclude this segment with a comparison of two approaches to chemical safety regulation - the U.S. Toxic Substances Control Act and the EU REACH directive. Next, we focus on three key substantive federal environmental statutes: the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, and the Endangered Species Act. Next, we turn to the National Environmental Policy Act to understand how environmental concerns are included in the process of making agency decisions. The course concludes with a discussion of current EPA efforts to address emissions of greenhouse gases under the Clean Air Act. Special Instructions: Substantial participation is expected and class participation constitutes twenty percent (20%) of the overall grade for the course. In addition, students are expected to complete two 1000 word written assignments during the course that will constitute forty percent (40%) of the overall grade. Finally, an in-school exam will, similar in format and length to the written assignments, constitute the remaining forty percent (40%) of the overall grade. Elements used in grading: Class participation (20%), written assignments (40%) and final exam (40%).

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Wara, M. (PI)

LAW 603: Environmental Law and Policy

Federal environmental laws, regulatory structures. and environmental policies. The property law roots of environmental law and current primary analytical frameworks of use in understanding environmental law and policy. Federal statutes including the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Endangered Species Act, the National Environmental Policy Act, Superfund (CERCLA), and the Resource Recovery and Conservation Act. Case studies from environmental cases and controversies.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 3 | Repeatable 1 times (up to 3 units total)

LAW 604: Environmental Law Workshop: Clean Technology

Current research and work in environmental and natural resources field focused on clean technologies. Academics, policy makers, and business leaders from various disciplines present current research or work. May be repeated for credit.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 3 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 5 units total)

LAW 608: Environmental Science for Managers and Policy Makers

(Same as IPER 335, OIT 338.) Core course for joint J.D. or M.B.A. and M.S. in Environment and Resources. How to apply scientific understanding to business operations, strategy, and the design of market-based environmental policy. Fundamentals of earth systems and environmental science. Spreadsheet modeling, optimization, and Monte Carlo simulation.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 3

LAW 610: Trial Advocacy Workshop

This lawyering skills course gives students an orientation to and constant practice in most basic pretrial and trial advocacy skills areas. Topics include: taking and defending depositions, motion practice, trial evidence, including admission of trial exhibits in evidence and use of prior witness statements to refresh and impeach a witness, jury selection and voir dire, opening statements, direct and cross-examination of witnesses, and closing arguments. Students will try a full jury case through to verdict with use of jurors and before a real judge in the Superior Court in Palo Alto at the end of the course. Students will also have a chance to watch the jurors deliberate and talk with them after their verdict. The course takes place during seven weeks of the Autumn Quarter with two classes (one lecture and one workshop) per week on most weeks from 4:15-9:00 (these usually occur on T, W, or Th, plus an occasional M), plus two Saturday workshops and the final weekend of jury trials, Saturday and Sunday November 15 and 16. Each day's ending time will vary; most sessions will end before 9:00. For a detailed schedule, contact Stephanie Basso at sbasso@law.stanford.edu. The format for each topic begins with a lecture/discussion featuring video vignettes of various techniques and a live demonstration by an expert trial lawyer. Following the discussion portion of each topic are small group sessions during which each student practices the skills involved. Constructive feedback is given after each exercise by two of our faculty of very experienced Bay Area litigators and judges. Most exercises are also videoed for further one-on-one critique by another faculty member. The course ends with full jury trials. The central philosophy of the workshop is that skills are best acquired in an experiential manner by seeing and doing. Frequent short, well-defined exercises followed by immediate constructive feedback in a non-competitive, non-threatening atmosphere provide the core of the program. The workshop directors are Tim Hallahan, Sallie Kim and Jeff Kobrick. Tim has taught similar programs at Harvard Law School, the University of San Francisco School of Law, Boalt Hall, the California Continuing Education of the Bar, and in private and public interest law firms around the country. Sallie is a partner in a civil litigation firm and taught a class at SLS previously and served as Associate Dean for Student Affairs previously. Jeff is a partner in a civil litigation firm and has taught practical litigation skills courses at Harvard and Stanford Law Schools for a number of years. Special Instructions: If you haven't taken Evidence you must contact Mr. Hallahan before the course begins for some brief pre-course reading assignments. There are no papers or tests, but attendance at every session is required. Since we will begin our trial advocacy exercises on the first day of class, all students who are interested in taking the course (whether enrolled or on the wait-list) need to be present for the first class. (Students who are not present will be dropped from the class or waiting list unless they have made previous arrangements with the professor.) Add-drop decisions need to be resolved at the first class; no drops will be permitted thereafter. Exceptions to this rule will be made by petition only. Mandatory attendance. Elements used in grading: Attendance and in-class assignments.

Terms: Aut | Units: 5

Instructors: ; Hallahan, T. (PI); Kim, S. (PI); Kobrick, J. (PI); Basso, S. (GP)

LAW 611: International Conflict Resolution Colloquium

(Same as PSYCH 283, POLISCI 403.) Sponsored by the Stanford Center on International Conflict and Negotiation (SCICN). Conflict, negotiation, and dispute resolution with emphasis on conflicts and disputes with an international dimension, including conflicts involving states, peoples, and political factions such as the Middle East and Northern Ireland. Guest speakers. Issues including international law, psychology, and political science, economics, anthropology, and criminology.

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 1

LAW 612: Constitutional Law: Speech and Religion

This is a course about the freedoms of speech, press, religion, association, and assembly under the First Amendment. Two- thirds of the course will be about freedoms of speech, press, and assembly. We will examine historical context, doctrinal development, and current caselaw. We will ask why government regulates speech (to prevent harms? to protect sensibilities? to redistribute power? to advance the interests and ideas of the politically powerful?), how government regulates speech (by aiming at messages? by aiming at markets? by aiming at when and where speech takes place? by conditioning subsidies?), and what justifications are ever sufficient for limiting speech. We will include consideration of the institutional press and new technologies including the Internet, as well as the rights of private organizations to determine their membership and organization. About a third of the course will be about religion. We will ask how the twin constraints of the Free Exercise and Establishment Clauses relate, looking especially at notions of neutrality, voluntarism, separation, and accommodation. Elements used in grading: Exam

Terms: Win | Units: 4

Instructors: ; McConnell, M. (PI)

LAW 613: Dispute Systems Design

Lawyers are often called upon to help design systems for managing and resolving conflicts that support or supplant existing legal structures. The crisis of September 11 led Congress to pass a law creating the September 11 Fund; a California Supreme Court challenge to its method of resolving health care disputes led Kaiser Permanente to reform its arbitration system; years of atrocities committed against the people of South Africa, Guatemala and many other countries led to the formation of truth commissions. Lawyers helped to structure these and many other conflict resolution systems. We'll use a case study model to survey different kinds of conflict prevention, management and resolution systems, and examine different factors in their design. Special Instructions: Grades will be based on class participation and Option 1 (section 01) a series of short essays and a short research paper; or Option 2 (section 02) a long research paper involving independent research. Students electing option 2 (section 02) will be graded on the H/P/R/F system and will receive Research (R) credit. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Negotiation Seminar (LAW 615) strongly preferred but not required. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance, written assignments and final paper. Attendance at the first class is mandatory.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Martinez, J. (PI); Smith, S. (PI)

LAW 615: Negotiation

Tools and concepts for analyzing and preparing for negotiations. Role play. Issues of representation, ethics, and the place of negotiation in the legal system. Autumn section 615-04; Winter section 615-01. (Semester schedule.)

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 4

LAW 615: Negotiation

As a lawyer, you will probably negotiate more than you do anything else. You will negotiate not just over cases, but any time that you need something that you cannot get alone. You will negotiate with your boss, your clients, your secretary, and all of their counterparts (plus the lawyers) on the other side. You will negotiate with "the system" whether it is the court, the government, the structure of society, or the law. You will also continue to negotiate with your family, your friends, and yourself. This course is designed to: (1) develop your understanding of negotiation, and your awareness of yourself as a negotiator; (2) give you some tools and concepts for analyzing and preparing for negotiations; (3) enhance your negotiating skills through frequent role plays, reflection, and feedback; and (4) teach you how to keep learning from your own negotiation experience. In addition to negotiation skills and theory, you will be introduced to issues of representation, ethics, and the place of negotiation in our legal system. The Negotiation Seminar is an intense, interactive course. We will require weekly preparation of readings, simulations, and written assignments. Basically, you will learn by reading about specific research and doing simulated negotiations -- figuring out with the rest of the class what works and what does not, writing about what you're learning, and trying again. Because participation in the simulations is central to the course, attendance at all classes is required. Since we will begin our simulation exercises on the first day of class, all students who are interested in taking the course (whether enrolled or on the wait-list) need to be present for the first class. (Students who are not present will be dropped from the class or waiting list unless they have made previous arrangements with the professor.) Add-drop decisions need to be resolved at the first class; no drops will be permitted thereafter. Once you commit to the class, you must complete it or receive a failing grade. Exceptions to this rule will be made by petition only. Petitions of this type must be extraordinarily strong in order to be granted. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance and written assignments.

Terms: Aut, Win, Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Becker, J. (PI); Dickstein, M. (PI); Franklin, L. (PI); Johnson, D. (PI); Kennedy, J. (PI); Martinez, J. (PI); Netsch, L. (PI); Notini, J. (PI)

LAW 617: Public Interest Law and Practice

This course will examine the history, theoretical frameworks, strategies and political position of public interest law practice and attorneys in the United States. We will consider the role of lawyers and the legal system in advancing reforms; different career paths of public interest lawyers; ethical issues related to working as a lawyer within a social movement; the personal impacts of this type of career choice; and strategies employed by lawyering in differing settings, from issue-based non-profits to government agencies, and private public interest law firms or legal services groups. Readings will include law review articles, legal pleadings and case studies that allow analysis and exploration of the tensions and challenges that exist within the legal system for public interest practitioners. Students will also be exposed to practical skills outside of litigation that social justice lawyers should understand. Students will be asked to produce several short papers throughout the quarter. For an additional credit and Research credit, students will be asked to produce a substantially longer paper on a related topic and can be excused from some of the shorter assignments. Students taking the seminar for Research credit can take the seminar for either 2 or 3 units, depending on the paper length. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Attendance, class participation, written assignments. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Spr | Units: 2-3

Instructors: ; Chin, D. (PI)

LAW 620A: Criminal Prosecution Clinic: Clinical Practice

Clinic students prosecute cases at the San Jose Superior Court under the guidance of Santa Clara County prosecutors. They formulate case strategy, identify and interview witnesses, and advocate before the court at evidentiary motions or preliminary hearings. The cases, almost always felonies, include drug offenses, thefts, burglaries, assaults, weapons possession, and a range of less common crimes. Police witnesses are most common, though students sometimes offer testimony from crime victims. When defendants testify or offer other witnesses, they face cross-examination by clinic students. Students spend at least three full days a week in the D.A.'s office. All six students must spend all day on Tuesdays and Wednesdays on site. Each student also must choose a third on-site day, when the student will work closely with the student's on-site supervisor. The six students need not all choose the same third day, but each student must pick a day that stays constant through the term. There generally will be two class sessions each week-a three-hour on-campus class and a lunchtime seminar in the D.A.'s office. At the beginning of the term classes focus on skills training, including direct and cross-examination, admission of physical evidence, and argument. Toward the end of the term the focus shifts to an examination and critique of the local mechanisms of criminal justice. Topics include the impact of race, gender, and class on the quality of justice; the institutional strengths and weaknesses of the actors in the system; prison conditions and prison reform; and the ethical issues that confront prosecutors and defense lawyers. Students typically tour the Santa Clara County jail and crime lab, San Quentin Prison, and the Chaderjian Youth Correctional Facility in Stockton and have the option to spend an evening on a police ride-along. Students must submit regular written reflections on their experiences in and observations of the local justice system. Their assigned cases often will demand written court filings. During most weeks students will meet one-on-one with the faculty supervisor. Evidence is a prerequisite. In rare cases a concurrent clinic module in evidence can fulfill this requirement. Courses in criminal procedure (investigation) and trial advocacy are strongly encouraged. Class attendance is mandatory, and class participation will be considered in grading. Students will be asked to commit to the course in the summer of 2014; dropping the course after committing will not be permitted. Students will earn twelve credits. The clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of exam period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday-to-Friday workweek without permission from on-site and faculty supervisors. Students are expected to be available by email or cell phone during workday hours Monday through Friday. Students are expected to devote at least thirty-five hours per week to various facets of this work. In some weeks casework may demand longer hours. Students will be awarded three separate grades, each reflecting four credits, for clinical practice, clinical methods, and clinical coursework. Grading is on the H/P system. Please also refer to special instructions for the general structure of clinical courses. Special Instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses - - The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: Attendance, participation, writing assignments, case preparation, and courtroom presentations and advocacy.

Terms: Win | Units: 4 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Fisher, G. (PI); Sheeler, P. (GP)

LAW 620B: Criminal Prosecution Clinic: Clinical Methods

Clinic students prosecute cases at the San Jose Superior Court under the guidance of Santa Clara County prosecutors. They formulate case strategy, identify and interview witnesses, and advocate before the court at evidentiary motions or preliminary hearings. The cases, almost always felonies, include drug offenses, thefts, burglaries, assaults, weapons possession, and a range of less common crimes. Police witnesses are most common, though students sometimes offer testimony from crime victims. When defendants testify or offer other witnesses, they face cross-examination by clinic students. Students spend at least three full days a week in the D.A.'s office. All six students must spend all day on Tuesdays and Wednesdays on site. Each student also must choose a third on-site day, when the student will work closely with the student's on-site supervisor. The six students need not all choose the same third day, but each student must pick a day that stays constant through the term. There generally will be two class sessions each week-a three-hour on-campus class and a lunchtime seminar in the D.A.'s office. At the beginning of the term classes focus on skills training, including direct and cross-examination, admission of physical evidence, and argument. Toward the end of the term the focus shifts to an examination and critique of the local mechanisms of criminal justice. Topics include the impact of race, gender, and class on the quality of justice; the institutional strengths and weaknesses of the actors in the system; prison conditions and prison reform; and the ethical issues that confront prosecutors and defense lawyers. Students typically tour the Santa Clara County jail and crime lab, San Quentin Prison, and the Chaderjian Youth Correctional Facility in Stockton and have the option to spend an evening on a police ride-along. Students must submit regular written reflections on their experiences in and observations of the local justice system. Their assigned cases often will demand written court filings. During most weeks students will meet one-on-one with the faculty supervisor. Evidence is a prerequisite. In rare cases a concurrent clinic module in evidence can fulfill this requirement. Courses in criminal procedure (investigation) and trial advocacy are strongly encouraged. Class attendance is mandatory, and class participation will be considered in grading. Students will be asked to commit to the course in the summer of 2014; dropping the course after committing will not be permitted. Students will earn twelve credits. The clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of exam period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday-to-Friday workweek without permission from on-site and faculty supervisors. Students are expected to be available by email or cell phone during workday hours Monday through Friday. Students are expected to devote at least thirty-five hours per week to various facets of this work. In some weeks casework may demand longer hours. Students will be awarded three separate grades, each reflecting four credits, for clinical practice, clinical methods, and clinical coursework. Grading is on the H/P system. Please also refer to special instructions for the general structure of clinical courses. Special Instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses - - The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: Attendance, participation, writing assignments, case preparation, and courtroom presentations and advocacy.

Terms: Win | Units: 4 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Fisher, G. (PI); Sheeler, P. (GP)

LAW 620C: Criminal Prosecution Clinic: Clinical Coursework

Clinic students prosecute cases at the San Jose Superior Court under the guidance of Santa Clara County prosecutors. They formulate case strategy, identify and interview witnesses, and advocate before the court at evidentiary motions or preliminary hearings. The cases, almost always felonies, include drug offenses, thefts, burglaries, assaults, weapons possession, and a range of less common crimes. Police witnesses are most common, though students sometimes offer testimony from crime victims. When defendants testify or offer other witnesses, they face cross-examination by clinic students. Students spend at least three full days a week in the D.A.'s office. All six students must spend all day on Tuesdays and Wednesdays on site. Each student also must choose a third on-site day, when the student will work closely with the student's on-site supervisor. The six students need not all choose the same third day, but each student must pick a day that stays constant through the term. There generally will be two class sessions each week-a three-hour on-campus class and a lunchtime seminar in the D.A.'s office. At the beginning of the term classes focus on skills training, including direct and cross-examination, admission of physical evidence, and argument. Toward the end of the term the focus shifts to an examination and critique of the local mechanisms of criminal justice. Topics include the impact of race, gender, and class on the quality of justice; the institutional strengths and weaknesses of the actors in the system; prison conditions and prison reform; and the ethical issues that confront prosecutors and defense lawyers. Students typically tour the Santa Clara County jail and crime lab, San Quentin Prison, and the Chaderjian Youth Correctional Facility in Stockton and have the option to spend an evening on a police ride-along. Students must submit regular written reflections on their experiences in and observations of the local justice system. Their assigned cases often will demand written court filings. During most weeks students will meet one-on-one with the faculty supervisor. Evidence is a prerequisite. In rare cases a concurrent clinic module in evidence can fulfill this requirement. Courses in criminal procedure (investigation) and trial advocacy are strongly encouraged. Class attendance is mandatory, and class participation will be considered in grading. Students will be asked to commit to the course in the summer of 2014; dropping the course after committing will not be permitted. Students will earn twelve credits. The clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of exam period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday-to-Friday workweek without permission from on-site and faculty supervisors. Students are expected to be available by email or cell phone during workday hours Monday through Friday. Students are expected to devote at least thirty-five hours per week to various facets of this work. In some weeks casework may demand longer hours. Students will be awarded three separate grades, each reflecting four credits, for clinical practice, clinical methods, and clinical coursework. Grading is on the H/P system. Please also refer to special instructions for the general structure of clinical courses. Special Instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses - - The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: Attendance, participation, writing assignments, case preparation, and courtroom presentations and advocacy.

Terms: Win | Units: 4 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Fisher, G. (PI); Sheeler, P. (GP)

LAW 621: Sentencing and Corrections

This introductory course will familiarize students with the history, structure, and performance of America's sentencing and corrections system. Sentencing is the process by which criminal sanctions are imposed in individual cases following criminal convictions. Corrections deals with the implementation and evaluation of criminal sentences after they are handed down. In fact, the two subject areas are inseparable. The course will examine sentencing and corrections from global and historical views, from theoretical and policy perspectives, and with close attention to many problem-specific areas. We will explore sentencing theories and their application, the nature, scope and function of corrections, the impact of mass incarceration on crime and communities, the effectiveness of rehabilitation, the relationship between sanctions and crime, and the consequences of prisoner reentry. These topics will be considered as they play out in current political and policy debates. Guest lectures may include presentations by legal professionals, victims, offenders, and correctional leaders. We also plan to visit a correctional facility. This course is open to ILs, 2Ls, and 3Ls in the Law School. Special Instructions: Grades will be based on class participation and (1) weekly reflection papers of 3-5 pages each week for each of our speakers/topics or (2) a long research paper. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02) which meets the research (R) requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Weekly reflection papers or research paper.

| Units: 3

LAW 622A: Environmental Law Clinic: Clinical Practice

Students enrolled in the Clinic provide legal assistance to national, regional and grassroots non-profit organizations on a variety of environmental issues, with a focus on complex natural resource conservation and biodiversity matters at the interface of law, science and policy. Working under the direct supervision of practicing environmental attorneys, Clinic students help screen new matters and potential clients; formulate strategies; research and develop factual and legal issues; and prosecute administrative and litigation proceedings. During the term, students may meet with clients, opposing counsel or agency decision-makers; review administrative records; develop expert testimony; draft comment letters, petitions, pleading or briefs; and/or attend and participate in administrative and court hearings. In regular one-on-one meetings with supervising faculty, there is a heavy emphasis on learning how to write persuasively and present oral arguments. In addition, students participate in a regular seminar where we examine strategic, ethical and substantive issues arising out of the Clinic's work. The Clinic is a particularly good place to learn how to conduct effective legal research, marshal facts in support of legal arguments, and, above all, write well. We practice at all levels of state and federal court and before many local, state and federal administrative agencies. Our work involves extensive motions practice and brief writing, and often involves administrative petitions and policy papers. Our work is inherently cross-disciplinary. No prior environmental experience or background is necessary, but an interest in learning about environmental and natural resources law is important. Special Instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses - - The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: Attendance and participation in class, professionalism, timeliness, initiative, and follow-through on project work and other class requirements. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Aut, Win | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Sanders, M. (PI); Sivas, D. (PI); Thesing, A. (PI)

LAW 622B: Environmental Law Clinic: Clinical Methods

Students enrolled in the Clinic provide legal assistance to national, regional and grassroots non-profit organizations on a variety of environmental issues, with a focus on complex natural resource conservation and biodiversity matters at the interface of law, science and policy. Working under the direct supervision of practicing environmental attorneys, Clinic students help screen new matters and potential clients; formulate strategies; research and develop factual and legal issues; and prosecute administrative and litigation proceedings. During the term, students may meet with clients, opposing counsel or agency decision-makers; review administrative records; develop expert testimony; draft comment letters, petitions, pleading or briefs; and/or attend and participate in administrative and court hearings. In regular one-on-one meetings with supervising faculty, there is a heavy emphasis on learning how to write persuasively and present oral arguments. In addition, students participate in a regular seminar where we examine strategic, ethical and substantive issues arising out of the Clinic's work. The Clinic is a particularly good place to learn how to conduct effective legal research, marshal facts in support of legal arguments, and, above all, write well. We practice at all levels of state and federal court and before many local, state and federal administrative agencies. Our work involves extensive motions practice and brief writing, and often involves administrative petitions and policy papers. Our work is inherently cross-disciplinary. No prior environmental experience or background is necessary, but an interest in learning about environmental and natural resources law is important. Special Instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses - - The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: Attendance and participation in class, professionalism, timeliness, initiative, and follow-through on project work and other class requirements. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Aut, Win | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Sanders, M. (PI); Sivas, D. (PI); Thesing, A. (PI)

LAW 622C: Environmental Law Clinic: Clinical Coursework

Students enrolled in the Clinic provide legal assistance to national, regional and grassroots non-profit organizations on a variety of environmental issues, with a focus on complex natural resource conservation and biodiversity matters at the interface of law, science and policy. Working under the direct supervision of practicing environmental attorneys, Clinic students help screen new matters and potential clients; formulate strategies; research and develop factual and legal issues; and prosecute administrative and litigation proceedings. During the term, students may meet with clients, opposing counsel or agency decision-makers; review administrative records; develop expert testimony; draft comment letters, petitions, pleading or briefs; and/or attend and participate in administrative and court hearings. In regular one-on-one meetings with supervising faculty, there is a heavy emphasis on learning how to write persuasively and present oral arguments. In addition, students participate in a regular seminar where we examine strategic, ethical and substantive issues arising out of the Clinic's work. The Clinic is a particularly good place to learn how to conduct effective legal research, marshal facts in support of legal arguments, and, above all, write well. We practice at all levels of state and federal court and before many local, state and federal administrative agencies. Our work involves extensive motions practice and brief writing, and often involves administrative petitions and policy papers. Our work is inherently cross-disciplinary. No prior environmental experience or background is necessary, but an interest in learning about environmental and natural resources law is important. Special Instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses - - The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: Attendance and participation in class, professionalism, timeliness, initiative, and follow-through on project work and other class requirements. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Aut, Win | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Sanders, M. (PI); Sivas, D. (PI); Thesing, A. (PI)

LAW 623: Advanced Environmental Law Clinic

The Advanced Environmental Law Clinic provides students who have already taken the Environmental Law Clinic the opportunity to continue intense individual project work. Advanced students often work on matters they worked on as full-time students, but they also have the chance to work on new matters and develop new skills. Advanced students work closely with supervising faculty on their designated projects and are expected to take increasing responsibility for managing their work and representing clients. In addition, advanced students often serve as mentors to less experienced full-time students and thereby receive training in basic team building and supervision. Advanced students may arrange to receive between two and seven credits. No student may receive more than 27 total clinical credits during the course of the student's law school career. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Aut, Win, Spr | Units: 2-7 | Repeatable 6 times (up to 12 units total)

Instructors: ; Sanders, M. (PI); Sivas, D. (PI); Thesing, A. (PI)

LAW 628A: Oral Argument Workshop

Building on the skills developed in Federal Litigation, this simulation course will give students the unique opportunity to argue and judge pretrial motions from actual federal court cases. The instructor will provide the written briefs, and each week half the class will argue and half the class will judge a motion. Preparation will require reading the cases cited in the briefs and coming to class ready either to present an argument (attorneys) or interrogate counsel (judges). Students will critique each other both orally and in writing, and the instructor will provide oral critiques of all arguments. The goals of this class are: to train students to argue in court; to provide them with a chance to polish their public speaking skills and practice thinking on their feet; to prepare students to engage in challenging dialogue with both colleagues and future clients; and to improve self-confidence. Thus, while the context of the course is litigation, the objectives are much broader than the mastery of litigation technique. This course is not open to first year Law School students. Priority will be given to those students who commit to taking the class if given consent to enroll. Please indicate your commitment on the consent form. Elements used in grading: Class attendance, participation, and preparation. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Spr | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Fenner, R. (PI)

LAW 632A: Religious Liberty Clinic: Practice

The Religious Liberty Clinic provides students a dynamic, real-world experience representing a diverse group of clients in disputes arising from a wide range of religious beliefs, practices, and customs, and in a variety of circumstances. Students learn in class and apply in practice the laws affecting religious liberty, whether statutory or constitutional, and counsel individual or institutional clients and litigate on their behalf with excellence, professionalism, and maturity. Students can expect to handle a discrete accommodation project-e.g., represent a prisoner, student, or employee facing obstacles in the practice of his or her faith-and participate in a longer-term project involving the exercise of religion-e.g., represent a church, synagogue, or mosque with zoning issues. Opportunities to draft amicus briefs also arise. The clinic involves administrative, trial, and appellate work-though time constraints may not permit each student to work in all areas. Special Instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses - - The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: Clinical case/project work, clinical performance, seminar preparation and participation. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Win, Spr | Units: 4 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Sonne, J. (PI)

LAW 632B: Religious Liberty Clinic: Clinical Methods

The Religious Liberty Clinic provides students a dynamic, real-world experience representing a diverse group of clients in disputes arising from a wide range of religious beliefs, practices, and customs, and in a variety of circumstances. Students learn in class and apply in practice the laws affecting religious liberty, whether statutory or constitutional, and counsel individual or institutional clients and litigate on their behalf with excellence, professionalism, and maturity. Students can expect to handle a discrete accommodation project-e.g., represent a prisoner, student, or employee facing obstacles in the practice of his or her faith-and participate in a longer-term project involving the exercise of religion-e.g., represent a church, synagogue, or mosque with zoning issues. Opportunities to draft amicus briefs also arise. The clinic involves administrative, trial, and appellate work-though time constraints may not permit each student to work in all areas. Special Instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses - - The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: Clinical case/project work, clinical performance, seminar preparation and participation. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Win, Spr | Units: 4 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Sonne, J. (PI)

LAW 632C: Religious Liberty Clinic: Clinical Coursework

The Religious Liberty Clinic provides students a dynamic, real-world experience representing a diverse group of clients in disputes arising from a wide range of religious beliefs, practices, and customs, and in a variety of circumstances. Students learn in class and apply in practice the laws affecting religious liberty, whether statutory or constitutional, and counsel individual or institutional clients and litigate on their behalf with excellence, professionalism, and maturity. Students can expect to handle a discrete accommodation project-e.g., represent a prisoner, student, or employee facing obstacles in the practice of his or her faith-and participate in a longer-term project involving the exercise of religion-e.g., represent a church, synagogue, or mosque with zoning issues. Opportunities to draft amicus briefs also arise. The clinic involves administrative, trial, and appellate work-though time constraints may not permit each student to work in all areas. Special Instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses - - The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: Clinical case/project work, clinical performance, seminar preparation and participation. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Win, Spr | Units: 4 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Sonne, J. (PI)

LAW 638: Mediation

In recent years, individuals and their lawyers have increasingly turned to mediation to resolve disputes. In mediation, the parties to the dispute, who may be represented by lawyers, are in charge of the outcome. With the assistance of a mediator they may be able to reach agreements at any stage in a dispute, in some cases avoiding litigation altogether, in other cases agreeing when the case is on appeal. This course will introduce you to the theory and practice of mediation. You will learn about the mediation process primarily by experiencing it in roleplay and hands-on exercises. The course also includes readings and discussions, brief lectures, demonstrations, student presentations, and videotapes. You will mediate disputes based on actual cases, and be coached in small groups by Bay Area mediators. The course goals are to understand the nature of conflict and principles of conflict management, to develop the communication skills essential to effective mediation, to evaluate various mediation models and mediator styles, to consider the policy and ethical implications of the expanding use of mediation, and to develop the skills necessary to represent clients in mediation. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline. Prerequisite: Negotiation (LAW 615). Mandatory attendance at first class and attendance as required by the instructor. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance, assignments.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Notini, J. (PI)

LAW 640A: Community Law Clinic: Clinical Practice

The CLC is the closest thing to a general legal services office among Stanford's clinical offerings. Based in East Palo Alto, the CLC provides students with the opportunity to provide direct legal services to low-income residents, while thinking critically about the role of lawyers and lawyering in addressing the problems of America's so-called "working poor." The Clinic's practice is in four areas: (1) housing (eviction defense and Section 8 termination); (2) wage and hour and related workers' rights; (3) social security and disability benefits; and (4) criminal record expungement. Each student handles his or her own caseload, which is comprised of cases matters in all of the practice areas. The practice areas are selected and designed to lie at the intersection where the community's unmet legal needs and students' learning needs correspond. The clinic's docket is fundamentally a trial docket. Students have first-chair responsibility for their cases, and perform all of the lawyering tasks necessary to advance their clients' interests, including interviewing, counseling, negotiation, fact investigation, legal research, and representation in the court and agency settings that hear the clients' cases. Skills emphasized include those trial lawyering skills, as well as time management and developing client-centered lawyering practices. Students may also have the chance to participate in outreach or policy-level projects, such as representing the clinic on a state or regional committee on a substantive issue, doing community education workshops at sites around the Peninsula, and/or legislative research and advocacy. In the clinic seminar and in regular supervision, students are encouraged to interrogate the effectiveness of the legal system at delivering "justice" for their clients and to explore creative ways that legal knowledge can be deployed to attack the social problems attendant to low wages, substandard and unstable housing, and other features of low-income life in Silicon Valley. Special Instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses -- The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend four or five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: Clinical case/project work, seminar preparation and participation, attendance, reflection papers and project. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Win, Spr | Units: 4 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Brodie, J. (PI); Douglass, L. (PI); Jones, D. (PI)

LAW 640B: Community Law Clinic: Clinical Methods

The CLC is the closest thing to a general legal services office among Stanford's clinical offerings. Based in East Palo Alto, the CLC provides students with the opportunity to provide direct legal services to low-income residents, while thinking critically about the role of lawyers and lawyering in addressing the problems of America's so-called "working poor." The Clinic's practice is in four areas: (1) housing (eviction defense and Section 8 termination); (2) wage and hour and related workers' rights; (3) social security and disability benefits; and (4) criminal record expungement. Each student handles his or her own caseload, which is comprised of cases matters in all of the practice areas. The practice areas are selected and designed to lie at the intersection where the community's unmet legal needs and students' learning needs correspond. The clinic's docket is fundamentally a trial docket. Students have first-chair responsibility for their cases, and perform all of the lawyering tasks necessary to advance their clients' interests, including interviewing, counseling, negotiation, fact investigation, legal research, and representation in the court and agency settings that hear the clients' cases. Skills emphasized include those trial lawyering skills, as well as time management and developing client-centered lawyering practices. Students may also have the chance to participate in outreach or policy-level projects, such as representing the clinic on a state or regional committee on a substantive issue, doing community education workshops at sites around the Peninsula, and/or legislative research and advocacy. In the clinic seminar and in regular supervision, students are encouraged to interrogate the effectiveness of the legal system at delivering "justice" for their clients and to explore creative ways that legal knowledge can be deployed to attack the social problems attendant to low wages, substandard and unstable housing, and other features of low-income life in Silicon Valley. Special Instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses -- The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend four or five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: Clinical case/project work, seminar preparation and participation, attendance, reflection papers and project. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Win, Spr | Units: 4 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Brodie, J. (PI); Douglass, L. (PI); Jones, D. (PI)

LAW 640C: Community Law Clinic: Clinical Coursework

The CLC is the closest thing to a general legal services office among Stanford's clinical offerings. Based in East Palo Alto, the CLC provides students with the opportunity to provide direct legal services to low-income residents, while thinking critically about the role of lawyers and lawyering in addressing the problems of America's so-called "working poor." The Clinic's practice is in four areas: (1) housing (eviction defense and Section 8 termination); (2) wage and hour and related workers' rights; (3) social security and disability benefits; and (4) criminal record expungement. Each student handles his or her own caseload, which is comprised of cases matters in all of the practice areas. The practice areas are selected and designed to lie at the intersection where the community's unmet legal needs and students' learning needs correspond. The clinic's docket is fundamentally a trial docket. Students have first-chair responsibility for their cases, and perform all of the lawyering tasks necessary to advance their clients' interests, including interviewing, counseling, negotiation, fact investigation, legal research, and representation in the court and agency settings that hear the clients' cases. Skills emphasized include those trial lawyering skills, as well as time management and developing client-centered lawyering practices. Students may also have the chance to participate in outreach or policy-level projects, such as representing the clinic on a state or regional committee on a substantive issue, doing community education workshops at sites around the Peninsula, and/or legislative research and advocacy. In the clinic seminar and in regular supervision, students are encouraged to interrogate the effectiveness of the legal system at delivering "justice" for their clients and to explore creative ways that legal knowledge can be deployed to attack the social problems attendant to low wages, substandard and unstable housing, and other features of low-income life in Silicon Valley. Special Instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses -- The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend four or five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: Clinical case/project work, seminar preparation and participation, attendance, reflection papers and project. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Win, Spr | Units: 4 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Brodie, J. (PI); Douglass, L. (PI); Jones, D. (PI)

LAW 642: Advanced Community Law Clinic

The Advanced Community Law Clinic offers law students who already have some significant civil clinical experience the opportunity to work under supervision on more advanced projects and cases being handled by the Stanford Community Law Clinic, including litigation and other matters. Advanced Clinic students will also work with Clinical Supervising Attorneys to provide direction and guidance to those enrolled in the Community Law Clinic for the first time, in areas in which Advanced Clinic students have already acquired some expertise. In addition, Advanced Clinic students may function as team leaders on larger projects in which the Clinic is engaged. Advanced students may arrange with the instructor to receive between two and seven units. No student may receive more than 27 overall clinical credits, however, during the course of the student's law school career. Special Instructions: Completion of the Community Law Clinic (Law 640) or its equivalent is a prerequisite for the advanced clinic. Elements used in grading: Participation, reflective paper and project. Writing (W) credit is for 3Ls only.

Terms: Aut, Win, Spr | Units: 2-7 | Repeatable 6 times (up to 12 units total)

Instructors: ; Brodie, J. (PI); Douglass, L. (PI); Jones, D. (PI)

LAW 644: Disability: Law, Human Rights and Justice

This is a survey course of disability rights law, with an emphasis on federal and state statutes and case law, and some exposure to international human rights law and the contemporary concept of "disability justice." Areas of concentration are employment, government services, public accommodations, education, housing, mental health treatment and involuntary commitment, and personal autonomy. We will review such statutes as the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Rehabilitation Act (Sec. 504), Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), Fair Housing Act Amendments, California Developmental Services ("Lanterman") Act and the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. The course examines disability from a civil and human rights perspective and has a "cross-disability" orientation insofar as it addresses the legal interests of persons with mobility and communication impairments, as well as intellectual and psycho-social disabilities. Exploration of the legal doctrine will be complemented with practical skills exercises and presentations by guest speakers. Special Instructions: Grades will be based on class participation and (1) short reflection essays on the readings and a short research paper for Writing (W) credit or (2) a long independent research paper for Research (R) credit. The student must consult with the instructor on the paper's topic, scope and format. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Class participation (40%), short reflection essays and short research paper (60%) or a long independent research paper (60%). Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012. - - - NOTE: The first class meets on Sept. 24, Erev Rosh Hashonah (Eve of Jewish New Year). If you are unable to attend, the instructor will provide an accommodation to ensure that you are not disadvantaged. Please contact him before Sept. 17 at 510.387.3956.

Terms: Aut | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Rosenbaum, S. (PI)

LAW 650: Advanced Negotiation: Public Policy

Advanced Negotiation courses are designed to take students beyond the two-party, lawyer-client negotiations that were the focus of the Negotiation Seminar, to examine many facets of negotiation complexity, both in terms of the participants and topics. This section of Advanced Negotiation will focus on multi-party negotiations, working in teams, group decision-making, and negotiating on behalf of stakeholder organizations to solve complex problems. We will study negotiations and stakeholder dialogue processes involving a diverse set of public and private actors. In the context of both real and simulated case studies, we will address diverse public policy issues, both domestic (including civil rights, racial justice, economic inequality and natural resources management) and international (negotiating bilateral and multilateral agreements, including global security environmental treaties). The goals of the class are twofold, for students (1) to acquire an added theoretical base beyond what was covered in the Negotiation Seminar through which to analyze, prepare for, participate in and facilitate more complex, multiparty negotiations, and (2) to expand skills through deeper examination of various actual negotiation cases and complex simulations. Special Instructions: Attendance at and participation in the simulations is required. Passing is dependent upon active participation, submission of several assigned short reflection papers, and completion of a substantial group paper and presentation analyzing a selected case (a completed or ongoing multi-party public policy dialogue) and the team's internal negotiation process. Prerequisite: Negotiation Seminar (Law 615) or its substantial equivalent. Advanced degree students (and graduate students in other departments and programs) are encouraged to enroll provided that they have previous negotiation training or equivalent practice experience. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Students approved for "R" credit will be graded on the H/P/R/F system. Elements used in grading: Class participation and engagement, including simulations; attendance; preparation for and contributions to discussion; short written assignments; final project involving group and individual components.

Terms: Win | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Greenberg, J. (PI); Martinez, J. (PI)

LAW 652: Animal Law

This course presents a survey of the historical and current status of this rapidly developing specialty. In brief, animal law encompasses all areas of the law in which the nature -- legal, social or biological -- of nonhuman animals is an important factor. It is an objective and logical specialization of a challenging area -- one with a growing number of cases and laws, increasing public and practical interest, and significantly different historical, legal and philosophical foundations than most other courses. Topics covered include animal cruelty, animals as property, tort claims regarding animals, farm animals, animals in entertainment, and federal issues regarding animals. The Animal Law course has been described as intellectually stimulating and ethically challenging, and synthesizes a wide range of legal concepts, and the course materials apply traditional ideas to animals in new ways. Students have called it a great bar review class, because concepts from many areas of law are covered with respect to their application to animals and their interests. More and more firms, large and small, are providing pro bono (and paying) work in the animal law area, as the field gains momentum and reputability in the legal community. Mr. Wagman is a partner at Schiff Hardin in San Francisco, with a full-time animal law practice, representing organizations and individuals in a wide range of cases. He is one of the authors of the Animal Law casebook, and has been practicing animal law for most of his 23-year career. His practice includes litigation, consultation, legislative work, and extensive writing and lecturing on various animal law topics. The class includes regular updates on his current cases, as well as real-life experiences from the front lines of the animal law frontier. Special Instructions: Students have the option to write an independent research paper in lieu of the final exam with consent of instructor. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Final exam or 18 page independent research paper.

| Units: 2

LAW 654: Law and Biosciences Workshop

This workshop seminar will provide students with the opportunity to examine and critique cutting-edge research and work in the field of law and the biosciences presented by different speakers from Stanford and elsewhere. Although it is open to all students, the seminar is designed especially for those with an interest in the field who wish to stay abreast of current issues, work, and ideas. In each class, an academic expert, policy maker, or practitioner will present his or her current research or work and engage in a robust discussion. A second version of the class will held in winter quarter that will also be worth one unit; students may take both the fall and winter classes. This class will meet four times for two hours, 15 minutes during the fall term and the winter term. This class is open to first-year Law School students in the winter term. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance, written assignments and final paper.

Terms: Aut, Win | Units: 1 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 2 units total)

Instructors: ; Greely, H. (PI)

LAW 656: International Conflict Resolution

This seminar examines the challenges of managing and resolving violent inter-group and international conflicts. Employing an interdisciplinary approach drawing on social psychology, political science, game theory, and international law, the course identifies various tactical, psychological, and structural barriers that can impede the achievement of efficient solutions to conflicts. We will explore a conceptual framework for conflict management and resolution that draws not only on theoretical insights, but also builds on historical examples and practical experience in the realm of conflict resolution. This approach focuses on the following questions: (1) how can the parties to conflict develop a vision of a mutually bearable shared future; (2) how can parties develop trust in the enemy; (3) how can each side be persuaded, as part of a negotiated settlement, to accept losses that it will find very painful; and (4) how do we overcome the perceptions of injustice that each side are likely to have towards any compromise solution? Among the conceptual issues we will examine include the problem of spoilers who seek to sabotage agreements, the role of mediators, the role international legal rules can play in facilitating or impeding conflict resolution, and the advantages and disadvantages of unilateral versus and reciprocal measures in advancing conflict resolution efforts. Particular conflicts we will explore include the Northern Ireland conflict, the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, and the U.S.-Soviet Cold War rivalry.nnSpecial Instructions: Total enrollment in this course will be limited to 20. Initial Law student enrollment will be limited to 10. International Policy Studies students will be given priority to enroll in this course. The remaining spaces will be filled (and the number of Law School students to be admitted will be determined) after the first class. Students may not add this class after the first class without the consent of the instructor.nnThis course is cross-listed with the International Policy Studies and Psychology Departments (Same as IPS 250 and PSYCH 383).nnSpecial Instructions: Section 01: Grades will be based on class presentation, short presentation paper, class participation, and final paper. Section 02: Five students will have the option, to write an independent research paper for Research (R) credit, with consent of the instructor, in lieu of the final paper for section 01. Other course requirements -- class presentation, short presentation paper and class participation."nnElements used in grading: Class presentation, short presentation paper, class participation, and final paper.nnThis course is open to first-year Law School students.

| Units: 3

LAW 656: International Conflict: Management and Resolution

(Same as IPS 250, POLISCI 210R/310R, PSYCH 383.) Interdisciplinary. Theoretical insights and practical experience in resolving inter-group and international conflicts. Sources include social psychology, political science, game theory, and international law. Personal, strategic, and structural barriers to solutions. How to develop a vision of a mutually bearable shared future, trust in the enemy, and acceptance of loss that a negotiated settlement may produce. Spoilers who seek to sabotage agreements. Advantages and disadvantages of unilateral versus reciprocal measures. Themes from the Stanford Center of International Conflict and Negotiation (SCICN).

Last offered: Winter 2009 | Units: 2

LAW 658A: International Human Rights and Conflict Resolution Clinic: Clinical Practice

In the past half-century, human rights advocates have transformed a marginal utopian ideal into a central element of global discourse, if not practice. This course examines the actors and organizations behind this remarkable development, as well as the vast challenges faced by advocates in the recent past and today. Increasingly, human rights as a framework has become essential to a broad range of situations of tension and conflict. This course interrogates the nature of engagement by human rights practitioners, as well as approaches adopted by those focused on the management of violent conflict. What are the origins of the human rights movement and where is it headed? What does it mean to be a human rights activist? What are the main challenges and dilemmas facing those engaged in rights promotion and defense? How is conflict resolution consistent with human rights advocacy? When and where are these approaches in tension? The course also develops advocacy skills through in-class sessions, role play exercises and engagement in, and critical assessment of clinical projects in human rights. Class sessions introduce students to human rights advocacy and conflict management techniques through discussion of the readings and related issues, as well as through student presentations critiquing their participation in supervised clinical projects. The readings and seminar sessions expose students to some of the practical manifestations of the main debates and dilemmas within the human rights and conflict resolution movement(s). These include several of the ethical and strategic issues that arise in the course of doing fact-finding and advocacy and balancing the often differing agendas of western international nongovernmental organizations (INGOs) and their counterparts in the (frequently non-western) developing world. The readings also consider tensions within the field of conflict resolution, as well as between conflict resolution and human rights. Several class sessions will focus on fact-finding and advocacy skills. One or more of these sessions will be full-day, role play exercises. In these full-day sessions, students will engage in human rights research, documentation, negotiation and dispute management exercises, and advocacy role-playing. In some sessions, part of the class will be devoted to presentations by students and clinical 'rounds'. These presentations will consider one or more issues that arise in the course of students' own engagement in advocacy projects through the International Human Rights and Conflict Resolution Clinic. During the course of the quarter, students will also be required to draft several brief fact-finding/advocacy pieces (these will be explained in class), and write short, critical reflection papers (2-4 pages, double-spaced, or 500-1,000 words, thought pieces) on the readings. Special Instructions: - - General Structure of Clinical Courses. The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: Attendance, class participation, written assignments. For clinic: professionalism, ability to work with others successfully, creative thinking and commitment. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Aut, Spr | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Cavallaro, J. (PI); Sonnenberg, S. (PI)

LAW 658B: International Human Rights and Conflict Resolution Clinic: Clinical Methods

In the past half-century, human rights advocates have transformed a marginal utopian ideal into a central element of global discourse, if not practice. This course examines the actors and organizations behind this remarkable development, as well as the vast challenges faced by advocates in the recent past and today. Increasingly, human rights as a framework has become essential to a broad range of situations of tension and conflict. This course interrogates the nature of engagement by human rights practitioners, as well as approaches adopted by those focused on the management of violent conflict. What are the origins of the human rights movement and where is it headed? What does it mean to be a human rights activist? What are the main challenges and dilemmas facing those engaged in rights promotion and defense? How is conflict resolution consistent with human rights advocacy? When and where are these approaches in tension? The course also develops advocacy skills through in-class sessions, role play exercises and engagement in, and critical assessment of clinical projects in human rights. Class sessions introduce students to human rights advocacy and conflict management techniques through discussion of the readings and related issues, as well as through student presentations critiquing their participation in supervised clinical projects. The readings and seminar sessions expose students to some of the practical manifestations of the main debates and dilemmas within the human rights and conflict resolution movement(s). These include several of the ethical and strategic issues that arise in the course of doing fact-finding and advocacy and balancing the often differing agendas of western international nongovernmental organizations (INGOs) and their counterparts in the (frequently non-western) developing world. The readings also consider tensions within the field of conflict resolution, as well as between conflict resolution and human rights. Several class sessions will focus on fact-finding and advocacy skills. One or more of these sessions will be full-day, role play exercises. In these full-day sessions, students will engage in human rights research, documentation, negotiation and dispute management exercises, and advocacy role-playing. In some sessions, part of the class will be devoted to presentations by students and clinical 'rounds'. These presentations will consider one or more issues that arise in the course of students' own engagement in advocacy projects through the International Human Rights and Conflict Resolution Clinic. During the course of the quarter, students will also be required to draft several brief fact-finding/advocacy pieces (these will be explained in class), and write short, critical reflection papers (2-4 pages, double-spaced, or 500-1,000 words, thought pieces) on the readings. Special Instructions: - - General Structure of Clinical Courses. The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: Attendance, class participation, written assignments. For clinic: professionalism, ability to work with others successfully, creative thinking and commitment. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Aut, Spr | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Cavallaro, J. (PI); Sonnenberg, S. (PI)

LAW 658C: International Human Rights and Conflict Resolution Clinic: Clinical Coursework

In the past half-century, human rights advocates have transformed a marginal utopian ideal into a central element of global discourse, if not practice. This course examines the actors and organizations behind this remarkable development, as well as the vast challenges faced by advocates in the recent past and today. Increasingly, human rights as a framework has become essential to a broad range of situations of tension and conflict. This course interrogates the nature of engagement by human rights practitioners, as well as approaches adopted by those focused on the management of violent conflict. What are the origins of the human rights movement and where is it headed? What does it mean to be a human rights activist? What are the main challenges and dilemmas facing those engaged in rights promotion and defense? How is conflict resolution consistent with human rights advocacy? When and where are these approaches in tension? The course also develops advocacy skills through in-class sessions, role play exercises and engagement in, and critical assessment of clinical projects in human rights. Class sessions introduce students to human rights advocacy and conflict management techniques through discussion of the readings and related issues, as well as through student presentations critiquing their participation in supervised clinical projects. The readings and seminar sessions expose students to some of the practical manifestations of the main debates and dilemmas within the human rights and conflict resolution movement(s). These include several of the ethical and strategic issues that arise in the course of doing fact-finding and advocacy and balancing the often differing agendas of western international nongovernmental organizations (INGOs) and their counterparts in the (frequently non-western) developing world. The readings also consider tensions within the field of conflict resolution, as well as between conflict resolution and human rights. Several class sessions will focus on fact-finding and advocacy skills. One or more of these sessions will be full-day, role play exercises. In these full-day sessions, students will engage in human rights research, documentation, negotiation and dispute management exercises, and advocacy role-playing. In some sessions, part of the class will be devoted to presentations by students and clinical 'rounds'. These presentations will consider one or more issues that arise in the course of students' own engagement in advocacy projects through the International Human Rights and Conflict Resolution Clinic. During the course of the quarter, students will also be required to draft several brief fact-finding/advocacy pieces (these will be explained in class), and write short, critical reflection papers (2-4 pages, double-spaced, or 500-1,000 words, thought pieces) on the readings. Special Instructions: - - General Structure of Clinical Courses. The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Elements used in grading: Attendance, class participation, written assignments. For clinic: professionalism, ability to work with others successfully, creative thinking and commitment. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Aut, Spr | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Cavallaro, J. (PI); Sonnenberg, S. (PI)

LAW 659: Advanced Negotiation: Transactions

Complex and multi-party negotiations permeate law practice and life. Advanced Negotiation is designed to take students beyond the two-party, lawyer-client negotiations that were the focus of the Negotiation Seminar, to examine many facets of negotiation complexity, both in terms of the participants and topics. Advanced Negotiation: Transactions will focus on more complex negotiations, as well as multi-party negotiations, working in teams, and negotiating on behalf of complex organizations (e.g., governments, corporations, unions) on diverse issues, including: intellectual property; cross-border and public-private transactions; restructuring agreements. The goals of the class are twofold, for students (1) to acquire an added theoretical base beyond what was covered in the Negotiation Seminar through which to analyze and prepare for negotiations, and (2) to expand their skills through deeper examination of various actual negotiation cases and complex simulations. Special Instructions: Attendance at and participation in the simulations is required. Passing is dependent upon active participation, a series of short papers and in-class presentation. Prerequisite: Negotiation Seminar (Law 615) or its substantial equivalent. Elements used in grading: Attendance, participation, in-class negotiations and out-of-class preparation, and short papers.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Johnson, D. (PI)

LAW 660A: Youth and Education Advocacy Clinic: Clinical Practice

The Youth and Education Advocacy Clinic offers students the opportunity to participate in a wide variety of educational rights and reform work, including direct representation of youth and families in special education and school discipline matters, community outreach and education, school reform litigation, and/or policy research and advocacy. All students will have an opportunity to represent elementary and high school students with disabilities in special education proceedings, to represent students in school discipline proceedings, or to work with community groups in advocating for the provision of better and more equitable educational opportunities to their children. In addition, the clinic may pursue a specific policy research and advocacy project that will result in a written policy brief and policy proposal. Students working on special education matters will have the opportunity to handle all aspects of their clients' cases. Students working in this area will interview and counsel clients, investigate and develop facts, work with medical and mental health professionals and experts, conduct legal and educational research, create case plans, and represent clients at individual education program (IEP) team meetings, mediation or special education due process hearings. This work will offer students a chance to study the relationship between individual special education advocacy and system-wide reform efforts such as impact litigation. Students working on school discipline matters will interview and counsel clients, investigate and develop facts, interview witnesses, conduct legal and educational research, create case plan, and represent clients at school discipline hearings such as expulsion hearings. Such hearings provide the opportunity to present oral and written argument, examine witnesses, and present evidence before a hearing officer. If appropriate and necessary, such proceedings also present the opportunity to represent students on appeal before the school district board of trustees or the county board of education. The education clinic includes two or three mandatory training sessions to be held at the beginning of the term, a weekly seminar that focuses on legal skills and issues in law and education policy, regular case review, and a one hour weekly meeting with the clinic instructor. Admission is by consent of instructor. Special Instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses - - The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. - - Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. - - Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. - - The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. - - Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. - - The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. - - For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. - - Cross listed with the School of Education. - - Elements used in grading: Projects and class participation. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012. (Cross-listed with EDUCATION 334 A,B,C)

Terms: Win, Spr | Units: 4 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Koski, W. (PI); Munson, C. (PI)

LAW 660B: Youth and Education Law Project: Clinical Methods

The Youth and Education Advocacy Clinic offers students the opportunity to participate in a wide variety of educational rights and reform work, including direct representation of youth and families in special education and school discipline matters, community outreach and education, school reform litigation, and/or policy research and advocacy. All students will have an opportunity to represent elementary and high school students with disabilities in special education proceedings, to represent students in school discipline proceedings, or to work with community groups in advocating for the provision of better and more equitable educational opportunities to their children. In addition, the clinic may pursue a specific policy research and advocacy project that will result in a written policy brief and policy proposal. Students working on special education matters will have the opportunity to handle all aspects of their clients' cases. Students working in this area will interview and counsel clients, investigate and develop facts, work with medical and mental health professionals and experts, conduct legal and educational research, create case plans, and represent clients at individual education program (IEP) team meetings, mediation or special education due process hearings. This work will offer students a chance to study the relationship between individual special education advocacy and system-wide reform efforts such as impact litigation. Students working on school discipline matters will interview and counsel clients, investigate and develop facts, interview witnesses, conduct legal and educational research, create case plan, and represent clients at school discipline hearings such as expulsion hearings. Such hearings provide the opportunity to present oral and written argument, examine witnesses, and present evidence before a hearing officer. If appropriate and necessary, such proceedings also present the opportunity to represent students on appeal before the school district board of trustees or the county board of education. The education clinic includes two or three mandatory training sessions to be held at the beginning of the term, a weekly seminar that focuses on legal skills and issues in law and education policy, regular case review, and a one hour weekly meeting with the clinic instructor. Admission is by consent of instructor. Special Instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses - - The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. - - Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. - - Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. - - The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. - - Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. - - The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. - - For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. - - Cross listed with the School of Education. T - - Elements used in grading: Projects and class participation. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012. (Cross-listed with EDUCATION 334 A,B,C)

Terms: Win, Spr | Units: 4 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Koski, W. (PI); Munson, C. (PI)

LAW 660C: Youth and Education Law Project: Clinical Coursework

The Youth and Education Advocacy Clinic offers students the opportunity to participate in a wide variety of educational rights and reform work, including direct representation of youth and families in special education and school discipline matters, community outreach and education, school reform litigation, and/or policy research and advocacy. All students will have an opportunity to represent elementary and high school students with disabilities in special education proceedings, to represent students in school discipline proceedings, or to work with community groups in advocating for the provision of better and more equitable educational opportunities to their children. In addition, the clinic may pursue a specific policy research and advocacy project that will result in a written policy brief and policy proposal. Students working on special education matters will have the opportunity to handle all aspects of their clients' cases. Students working in this area will interview and counsel clients, investigate and develop facts, work with medical and mental health professionals and experts, conduct legal and educational research, create case plans, and represent clients at individual education program (IEP) team meetings, mediation or special education due process hearings. This work will offer students a chance to study the relationship between individual special education advocacy and system-wide reform efforts such as impact litigation. Students working on school discipline matters will interview and counsel clients, investigate and develop facts, interview witnesses, conduct legal and educational research, create case plan, and represent clients at school discipline hearings such as expulsion hearings. Such hearings provide the opportunity to present oral and written argument, examine witnesses, and present evidence before a hearing officer. If appropriate and necessary, such proceedings also present the opportunity to represent students on appeal before the school district board of trustees or the county board of education. The education clinic includes two or three mandatory training sessions to be held at the beginning of the term, a weekly seminar that focuses on legal skills and issues in law and education policy, regular case review, and a one hour weekly meeting with the clinic instructor. Admission is by consent of instructor. Special Instructions: General Structure of Clinical Courses - - The Law School's clinical courses are offered on a full-time basis for 12 credits. This allows students to immerse themselves in the professional experience without the need to balance clinical projects with other classes, exams and papers. - - Students enrolled in a clinic are not permitted to enroll in any other classes, seminars, directed research or other credit-yielding activities within the Law School or University during the quarter in which they are enrolled in a clinic. Nor are they allowed to serve as teaching assistants who are expected to attend a class on a regular basis. There is a limited exception for joint degree students who are required to take specific courses each quarter and who would be foreclosed from ever taking a clinic unless allowed to co-register. These exceptions are approved on a case-by-case basis. - - Clinic students are expected to work in their clinical office during most business hours Monday through Friday. Students are also expected to be available by e-mail or cell phone when elsewhere during those hours. Because students have no other courses (and hence no exams or papers), the clinical quarter begins the first day of classes and runs through the final day of the examination period. Students should not plan personal travel during the Monday to Friday work week without prior authorization from the clinical supervisor. - - The work during a typical week in a clinic is divided into three components. First, as they are for practicing attorneys, most of the hours of any week are taken up by work on client matters or case work (this time includes meetings with instructors to discuss the work). Again, as is the case for practicing lawyers, in some weeks these responsibilities demand time above and beyond "normal business hours." Second, students will spend approximately five-to-seven hours per week preparing for and participating in weekly discussions or other group work in their individual clinic (scheduling varies by clinic). Third, over the course of the quarter each clinic student (with the exception of those enrolled in the Criminal Prosecution Clinic) is required to prepare for and attend approximately five inter-clinic group sessions. Students will be awarded three separate grades for their clinical quarter, each reflecting four credits. The three grades are broken into the following categories: clinical practice; clinical methods; and clinical coursework. Grading is pursuant to the H/P system. - - Enrollment in a clinic is binding; once selected into a clinic to which he or she has applied, a student may not later drop the course except in limited and exceptional cases. Requests for withdrawal are processed through the formal petition and clinical faculty review process described in the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. Students may not enroll in any clinic (full-time or advanced) which would result in them earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school career. - - The rules described here do not apply to advanced clinics for students who are continuing with a clinic in which they were previously enrolled. For information about advanced clinics, please see the course descriptions for those courses. - - For more information about clinic enrollment and operations, please see the clinic policy document posted on the SLS website. - - Cross listed with the School of Education. - - Elements used in grading: Projects and class participation. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012. (Cross-listed with EDUCATION 334 A,B,C)

Terms: Win, Spr | Units: 4 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Koski, W. (PI); Munson, C. (PI)

LAW 662: Advanced Youth and Education Advocacy Clinic

The Youth and Education Advocacy Advanced Clinic provides an opportunity for students who have already successfully completed the Education Advocacy Clinic to continue their advocacy work in the Clinic and/or to pursue a discrete project related to educational equity advocacy. Examples of projects include policy research on specific topics (e.g., the provision of mental health services to youth with disabilities in the schools, the impact of school discipline policies on youth of color, or equal educational opportunities for English Language Learners); investigation and preparation for impact litigation; and community education and outreach on a specific education-related issue. All projects will be jointly designed by the instructor and the advanced student. Advanced students will also continue to participate in the Clinic's discussion of cases during case rounds. Special instructions: Admission is by consent of instructor. Advanced students may arrange with the instructor to receive between two and seven units. No student may receive more than 27 overall clinical credits, however, during the course of the student's law school career. Elements used in grading: Projects and class participation. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Aut, Win, Spr | Units: 2-7 | Repeatable 6 times (up to 12 units total)

Instructors: ; Koski, W. (PI); Munson, C. (PI)

LAW 663: Advanced International Human Rights and Conflict Resolution Clinic

The International Human Rights and Conflict Resolution Advanced Clinic offers the opportunity for students who have already successfully completed an International Human Rights and Development Clinic to pursue one or more specific projects in conjunction with the Clinic, either independently or in collaboration with colleague(s) enrolled in the regular clinic. Any travel will be strictly contingent on the Advanced Clinical student's availability and the needs of the project. Advanced Clinical students are expected to participate in as much of the regular clinical seminar and seminar simulations as possible given pre-existing scheduling constraints. Advanced students may arrange with the instructor to receive between two and seven units. No student may receive more than 27 overall clinical credits, however, during the course of the student's law school career. Elements used in grading: Project work, writing assignments, case preparation, attendance and class participation. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Aut, Win, Spr | Units: 2-7 | Repeatable 6 times (up to 12 units total)

Instructors: ; Cavallaro, J. (PI); Sonnenberg, S. (PI)

LAW 664: Advanced Legal Writing: Business Transactions

This course offers students practical preparation in the skills needed to be an effective transactional lawyer. Students will learn to draft clear, effective, plain language contracts and to analyze other transactional writing used to manage complex business transactions. The class will appeal to students interested in working in a law firm and practicing transactional law (of any type) and those interested in business litigation who would like to gain an understanding of contract provisions. The course offers a wide range of realistic drafting problems--completed both inside and outside of class. Students will also (i) develop sensitivity to the expectations of the attorneys and clients with whom they will be working, (ii) learn how to research the applicability of contract provisions, and (iii) sharpen their analytical skills in the context of contracts. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: Students on the waitlist for the course will be admitted if spots are available on the basis of priority and Degree of Study. Early drop deadline: Students may not drop this course after first week of class. Corporations (Law 242) is a prerequisite for all but LLM (CGP) students. A substantial mark-up of a contract is due on the last day of class. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance, written assignments and final paper. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Aut, Win, Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Bautista, M. (PI)

LAW 670: White Collar Crime

This course explores the law of economic and political crimes associated with the rubric "white collar crime." The class is divided thematically between mens rea issues and substantive issues. Among the substantive areas which are covered are: obstruction of justice, perjury, bribery and gratuities, mail and wire fraud, securities fraud, and money laundering. We will study specific federal statutes in considerable detail, while also speculating about the jurisprudence underlying these crimes, and related issues of prosecutorial discretion and attorney ethics. Special instructions: Students may write a paper in lieu of the final exam for Research credit. Elements used in grading: Class participation and final exam or paper. Also, classroom participation may be taken into account to some very small degree. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02) which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Mills, D. (PI)

LAW 671: Critical Theory

This course will review the most important developments in critical theory as it relates to law and jurisprudence. It will begin with a brief review of the critical tradition in Western philosophy including thinkers such as Friedrich Nietzsche, Karl Marx, Max Weber, Jean Paul Sartre and Michel Foucault. We will then look at the influence of this critical tradition in American legal theory, tracing the critical turn through the American legal realists, Critical Legal Studies and the emergence of identity based critical movements such as Critical Race Theory, Critical Feminist Theory and Critical Approaches to Sexual Orientation. The class will conclude by examining the theories of Giorgio Agamben, Jacques Rancière, and Niklas Luhmann and considering their possible legal implications. Special Instructions: The paper for this course will satisfy the Writing requirement. Students also have the option to write an independent research paper for Research credit. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Class participation and final paper. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Ford, R. (PI); Meyler, B. (PI)

LAW 671: Critical Theory

Developments in critical theory as it relates to law and jurisprudence. The critical tradition in Western philosophy including thinkers such as Friedrich Nietzsche, Karl Marx, Max Weber, Jean Paul Sartre, and Michel Foucault. Influence of this critical tradition in American legal theory, tracing the critical turn through the Americal legal realists, critical legal studies, and the emergence of identity-based critical movements such as critical race theory, critical feminist theory, and critical approaches to sexual orientation.

Last offered: Autumn 2008 | Units: 3

LAW 674: Advanced Legal Writing: Litigation

Building on the skills developed in Federal Litigation, this course will give students additional practice with legal analysis, argument structure, and writing in the pre-trial litigation context. Students will draft an office memo, summary judgment brief, and pleadings in an internet school speech case. Students also will complete short writing exercises in and out of class to practice skills such as omitting surplus words, preferring active voice, using concrete words, punctuating carefully, etc. The goals of this class are to help students organize facts and principles in a succinct and logical way and to deepen their understanding of the legal reasoning process. The course should appeal to students interested in litigation practice and those wishing to hone their writing skills. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance and written assignments. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Aut | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Wright, K. (PI)

LAW 675: Human Trafficking: Historical, Legal, and Medical Perspectives

Interdisciplinary approach to understanding the extent and complexity of the global phenomenon of human trafficking, especially for forced prostitution and labor exploitation, focusing on human rights violations and remedies. Provides a historical context for the development and spread of human trafficking. Analyzes the current international and domestic legal and policy frameworks to combat trafficking and evaluates their practical implementation. Examines the medical, psychological, and public health issues involved. Uses problem-based learning and offers an optional service-learning component. Elements used in grading: Attendance; participation; written assignments; and final exam. This class is cross-listed with Feminist, Gender and Sexuality Studies (FEMGEN 5C, FEMGEN 105C), History (HISTORY 5C, 105C), Human Biology (HUMBIO 178T), International Relations (INTNLREL 105C) & School of Medicine General (SOMGEN 205).

Terms: Win | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Jolluck, K. (PI); Lippert, S. (PI); Sonnenberg, S. (PI); Walker, R. (PI)

LAW 677: Professional Responsibility

Instructors: ; Gordon, R. (PI)

LAW 688: Advanced Religious Liberty Clinic

Advanced clinic allows students who have taken the Religious Liberty Clinic to continue working on cases. Participation in rounds is required. Advanced clinic may be taken for 2-7 units; general rule of thumb is 4 hours of work per week per unit. Students may not enroll in any clinic (basic or advanced) which would result in earning more than 27 clinical credits during their law school enrollment. Elements used in grading: Class participation, written assignments, and case work. Students must have taken Religious Liberty Clinic. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Aut, Win, Spr | Units: 2-7

Instructors: ; Sonne, J. (PI)

LAW 692: Modern Surveillance Law

This seminar is an in depth look at modern government surveillance policies and practices. Taught by Richard Salgado, director of law enforcement and information security at Google, Inc, and a former prosecutor at the U.S. Department of Justice's Computer Crime and Intellectual Property Section and Todd Hinnen, a partner at Perkins Coie and a former head of U.S. Department of Justice's National Security Division, the course will cover the technology, law and policy of government surveillance of the Internet and other communications technologies. We will focus on U.S. law, but also address the relationship with other jurisdictions. Technologies covered will include wiretapping, stored data collection and mining, location tracking and drones and legal regimes will include the Fourth Amendment, Electronic Communications Privacy Act, the USA Patriot Act, CALEA and the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance, written assignments and final paper. Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Win | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Hinnen, T. (PI); Salgado, R. (PI)

LAW 697: Comparative Law and Society

By the mid 20th century, the legal map of the world recognized four main traditions: civil law, common law, socialist, and Islamic law. In early 21st century, the main socialist countries have disappeared and globalization has produced a pronounced convergence between common law and civil law. We also became aware that comparative law has to compare more than law and has to include the social and political context of the law. The comparative method is important, but the substance to be compared has changed. This course introduces students to the main historical experiences of law using the comparative method and law and society materials. They will find a new way of looking at Roman, medieval, or 19th century law because its "monuments" are placed in social perspective. The method will be used to reconstruct the contemporary ideas of human rights and rule of law in the context of specific countries. Students will have two writing obligations: (1) brief reflective essays on assigned readings and (2) a research paper. Starting in session 2, students will prepare brief reflective essays on the required reading (or readings) for the session and submit them to the professors and other students 24 hours prior to the beginning of the session. Assigned readings will all be in English. Additional readings may be in other languages. For the research paper the student will, with professorial approval, choose a country and a topic and discuss the work in progress with the professors at least twice during the quarter. It should not exceed 5.000 words. Special Instructions: After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: The short essays or article presentations will be one leg of the students' evaluation (50%). The other leg will be the final research essay (50%). Writing (W) credit is for students entering prior to Autumn 2012.

Terms: Aut | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Merryman, J. (PI); Perez-Perdomo, J. (PI)

LAW 699: Arbitration in America

Transactional lawyers and litigation counsel alike will face arbitration as a significant option for resolving their clients' legal disputes. This course covers the development of alternative dispute resolution in the U.S., with an emphasis on arbitration under the Federal Arbitration Act (FAA). It describes how the federal and state governments have gradually come to accept and now favor the private settlement of commercial disputes based on consent of parties. It examines the many different contexts and industries in which arbitration is conducted, including government-mandated programs for labor disputes, systems established by specific industries such as the diamond trade and professional sports associations, the construction industry, and commercial disputes in general; more controversial is the use of arbitration for consumer, class action and employment disputes. This historic reversal of power over adjudication from government to the private sector has alleviated the delays and uncertainties of judicial litigation, and has created a huge and growing legal field of attorneys, arbitrators, and service providers fashioning and administering systems ranging in complexity from the most formal mega dispute with full discovery to the resolution of mini disputes through mechanically applied algorithms. Allowing private parties to agree on the law and procedures that govern their disputes has led, moreover, to numerous clashes of interests, including evasion of public policies established by legislation. How to deal with alleged violations of public policy, errors of law, erroneous findings of fact, unfair procedures, unequal negotiating power, and arbitrator bias are among the continuing and complex difficulties currently faced by courts and legislatures. The US Supreme Court's recent attempts to deal with several aspects of these difficulties will be considered. We will also examine the less heralded but highly significant use of mediation as a relatively speedy and inexpensive method for private dispute resolution, and the recent development of hybrid systems and other innovations. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance, written assignments and final exam.

Terms: Win | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Martinez, J. (PI); Sofaer, A. (PI)

LAW 701: SPILS Law and Society Seminar

This seminar is restricted to students who are in the SPILS program. The seminar deals with the relationship between legal systems and the societies in which they are embedded. The materials are drawn from studies of many different societies. Among the issues dealt with are: What influence does culture have on the operation of legal systems? What are the social forces which produce particular forms of law? What impact do legal interventions have on society and on human behavior? Elements used in grading: Exam. Enrollment is restricted to SPILS program students.

Terms: Aut | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Friedman, L. (PI); Perez-Perdomo, J. (PI)

LAW 703: Corporate Governance and Practice Seminar

The seminar on corporate governance meets in the Autumn and Winter quarters and forms the core of the LL.M. Program in Corporate Governance & Practice. Attendance and active participation are important to the success of the seminar and an important factor in the overall grade. Students are expected to have carefully read and reviewed assigned materials in advance of each session. Students may be also asked to prepare brief presentations to help guide discussions. Students will be required to submit reflection papers (2 to 3 pages in length) that evaluate, critique, and discuss some or all of the key topics reviewed in the previous week's session. Elements use in grading: Class participation, attendance and assignments. This course is required for and limited to students in the Corporate Governance and Practice LL.M. Program.

Terms: Aut, Win | Units: 2 | Repeatable 3 times (up to 6 units total)

Instructors: ; Russell, J. (PI)

LAW 704: Law, Science, and Technology Colloquium

The Law, Science & Technology Colloquium offers students in the Law, Science & Technology LLM Program the opportunity to discuss cutting-edge legal issues at the intersection of law and technology with leading experts in the field, including Stanford faculty, visiting scholars, technology and IP lawyers, entrepreneurs, and executives from Silicon Valley technology companies. During most class meetings, an invited guest lecturer will present research, a paper, or their experiences to the class on a specific topic related to law, science, and technology. Following these presentations, all students will participate with the lecturer in a class discussion based on assigned readings, the presentation, and students' own experience in the area. Attendance and preparation are vital to the success of the Colloquium and, accordingly, will constitute an important factor in the overall grade. Also, each student will individually write weekly commentary papers that evaluate, critique, and/or discuss key issues from the assigned reading. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance and weekly commentary papers. Satisfies the colloquium requirement for Law, Science, and Technology LLM (LST) candidates. Open to LLM students.

Terms: Aut, Win | Units: 2 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 4 units total)

Instructors: ; Miller, S. (PI)

LAW 705: SPILS Masters Thesis

The writing of a work of original scholarship in the area of research of the student's choosing is necessary requirement of the JSM degree. During the winter quarter students are expected to submit two draft chapters: 1) any chapter of the fellow's choice by the end of January; and 2) a draft of the empirical research result's chapter by the appropriate date in the winter quarter as determined by the instructor.nElements used in grading: Thesis. This course is exclusive to SPILS students. The thesis is required for JSM graduation.

Terms: Win, Spr | Units: 4 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 8 units total)

Instructors: ; Anderson, M. (PI); Asimow, M. (PI); Engstrom, D. (PI); Friedman, L. (PI); Gil McCawley, D. (PI); Hensler, D. (PI); Kessler, A. (PI); Lemley, M. (PI); Malone, P. (PI); Sklansky, D. (PI); Sykes, A. (PI); Triantis, G. (PI); Vargas, C. (PI); Weiner, A. (PI); Sheeler, P. (GP)

LAW 706: Environmental Law and Policy Colloquium

The Environmental Law & Policy Colloquium offers LLM students the opportunity to discuss cutting-edge legal topics related to, among others, the environment, natural resources management, or energy policy. The colloquium meets in all three quarters. During the autumn quarter, students will engage in group policy discussions. During the winter quarter, a leading expert in the field - a faculty member, a lawyer, a public official, a member of an advocacy groups, or an entrepreneur - will present his or her research, a paper, or his or her experiences to the class on a specific topic. Following these presentations, all students will participate with the lecturer in a class discussion based on assigned readings, the presentation, and students' own experience in the area. During the spring quarter, the students will present their research papers focused on the solution of an environmental or energy issue. Attendance and active participation are important to the success of the seminar and an important factor in the overall grade. Students are expected to have carefully read and reviewed assigned materials in advance of each session. During the first quarter, students will work in teams and will have to submit memos in preparation for the policy discussion. During the second quarter, students will individually write weekly commentary papers to be submitted before the lecture evaluating, critiquing, and/or discussing key issues from the assigned reading(s). In the third quarter, students are expected to present their papers and comment on the other students' research. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments, Final Paper. This course is required for and limited to students in the Environmental Law & Policy LL.M. Program.

Terms: Aut, Win, Spr | Units: 2 | Repeatable 3 times (up to 6 units total)

Instructors: ; Casado Perez, V. (PI)

LAW 707: SPILS Research Methods Workshop

This is a mandatory course for SPILS Fellows as part of the program's core curriculum. Its main goal is to offer students an interdisciplinary perspective about socio-legal research, and research tools for implementing their individual research projects. This Winter term workshop will complement the Research Design for Empirical Legal Studies Seminar taken in the Autumn by 1) expanding and elaborating on some of the methods analyzed during the seminar; and 2) assisting students in using such methods towards their individual research project. The workshop will consist of specialized sessions, most of them tailored towards the work of empirical research that occurs after the data collection phase. During the quarter the fellows are expected to submit drafts of different chapters of their thesis. If appropriate, the workshop may also include group and/or individual sessions designed to address the very specific needs of the research undertaken by the SPILS Fellows. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance and written assignments. Enrollment is restricted to SPILS fellows. The seminar is required for JSM graduation.

Terms: Win | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Gil McCawley, D. (PI)

LAW 708: Advanced Legal Writing for American Practice

This course orients LLM and JSM students to a range of legal writing genres used by American lawyers in practice and by law students in papers and exams. At the core of these genres are the techniques of legal research, objective and persuasive legal writing, and related legal analysis, as practiced in American law offices and courts. The course presents students with realistic legal writing scenarios that they address in and out of class. Students prepare an analytical memorandum, advising a hypothetical corporate client, and a short brief for a mediator. The assignments are designed to help students adapt their writing skills by incorporating methods that American lawyers use to analyze typical legal problems and to advocate on behalf of their clients. Special Instructions: Students must participate in one conference with the instructor, outside regular class hours, to be arranged at a mutually convenient time. Only LLM and JSM students may enroll in this class via Axess. If the class is oversubscribed, a lottery system will be used the first week of class to determine the final class list. This course is limited to LLM and advanced degree students only. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance, and written and oral assignments.

Terms: Win, Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Duranske, S. (PI)

LAW 709: Introduction to American Law

This course is designed to introduce international students in the Exchange and Advanced Degree Programs (LL.M. and SPILS) to the key principles of American law. The course provides an overview of distinctive features of the U.S. legal system, including its history, procedures and institutions. Topics include the role of precedent in the common law, due process, trial by jury, equal protection, and federalism. The course is offered in September, before the start of the regular law school quarter. Special Instructions: Required for LL.M. but optional for the SPILS and Exchange Program students. Open to LL.M., SPILS and SLS Exchange Program students only. The class starts on September 2 and runs through September 19. Final exam will be scheduled on Friday, September 19. Elements used in grading: Class attendance, participation, short written assignment and final exam. LLM/SPILS students only.

Terms: Aut | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Blum, B. (PI)

LAW 712: Research Design for Empirical Legal Studies

Empirical legal studies have become popular in the U.S. and are now spreading to non-U.S. law faculties as well. Usually the term applies to analyses of quantitative data and the researcher relies on data collected by others. But the term "empirical" properly encompasses both qualitative and quantitative data, including interviews, legal documents, survey research and experimental results. Analysts interested in using such data need to understand how they were collected, in order to decide what data can appropriately be used to answer different kinds of questions. Often to answer the questions of interest, a researcher needs to collect new data, which poses challenging questions about how to design an empirical research study. Answering these questions appropriately is important to ensure publication in a peer reviewed journal, which are becoming increasingly important to legal academia. This seminar will introduce students to the wide range of research methods that can be used to answer empirical questions, provide a framework for choosing among methods, and explain how to use the methods. The project for the quarter is to design an empirical research study on a topic of your choice. Special Instructions: JD students can take the class for 3-4 units. SPILS students must take this class for 4 units. Students taking the course for 4 units must attend the additional session on Thursday, which is option for others. After the term begins, JD students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which can potentially satisfy the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Consent Application for JD students: To apply for this course, JD students must e-mail Professor Hensler at dhensler@stanford.edu. This course is REQUIRED for all SPILS fellows and BY CONSENT for all other students. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance, written assignments and final paper.

Terms: Aut | Units: 3-4

Instructors: ; Gil McCawley, D. (PI); Hensler, D. (PI)

LAW 722: Contracts: American Law

This course will provide advanced-degree students with coverage of Contracts law comparable to the fall course offered for first-year JD students. The course will identify the scope and purpose of the legal protection accorded to interests predicated on contract. We will focus on problems of contract formation, enforceability, interpretation, performance and excuses for non-performance, and remedies for breach. The course will cover both the U.S. common law of contracts and the basics of UCC Article 2 (sales of goods). Not open to JD students. Open only to students in the SLS Advanced Degree Programs. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Final Exam.

Terms: Spr | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Russell, J. (PI)

LAW 724: Ethics On the Edge: Business, Non-Profit Organizations, Government, and Individuals

The objective of the course is to explore the increasing ethical challenges in a world in which technology, global risks, and societal developments are accelerating faster than our understanding can keep pace. We will unravel the factors contributing to the seemingly pervasive failure of ethics today among organizations and leaders across all sectors: business, government, and non-profit. A framework for ethical decision-making underpins the course. The relationship between ethics and culture, global risks (poverty, cyber-terrorism, climate change...), leadership, and the law and policy will inform discussion. Prominent guest speakers will attend certain sessions interactively. A broad range of international case studies might include: Ebola; Facebook's mood manipulation research and teen suicides from social media bullying; Google's European "right to be forgotten" and China policy and driverless cars; Space X (Elon Musk's voyages to Mars); ISIS' interaction with international NGOs; sexual assault on US University campuses and in the US military; the ethics of corporate social responsibility (through companies such as Loreal, Whole Foods and Wal-mart); immigration reform; corporate and financial sector scandals; and non-profit sector ethics challenges. Final project in lieu of exam on a topic of student's choice. Attendance required. Class participation important (with multiple opportunities beyond speaking in class). Strong emphasis on critical thinking and testing ideas in real world contexts. There will be a limited number of openings above the set enrollment limit of 40 students. If the enrollment limit is reached, students wishing to take the course should contact Dr. Susan Liautaud at susanl1@stanford.edu. The course offers credit toward Ethics in Society, Public Policy core requirements (if taken in combination with Public Policy 103F), and Science, Technology, and Society and satisfies the Ways of Thinking requirement. The course is open to undergraduate and graduate students. Undergraduates will not be at a disadvantage. NOTE: This course does not meet the SLS Ethics requirement. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments, and Final Paper. Ethics in Society (ETHICSOC 234R), Public Policy (PUBLPOL 134, PUBLPOL 234).

Terms: Spr | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Liautaud, S. (PI)

LAW 726: Negotiation on the Ground: Discussions at the Intersection of Theory and Practice

We can read any number of books about negotiation, but how do the concepts and principles play out in the real world? This dinner colloquium will meet with distinguished negotiators working in a variety of fields to reflect on and draw lessons from their deep and diverse experience. Guests for this year will speak on: studio and talent perspectives in entertainment negotiations, business and legal perspectives in biotechnology companies, public/private policy negotiations in natural resource management, criminal justice, and California health policy. Pre-Requisite: Negotiation Seminar or substantial equivalent. Schedule: Wednesday, 5:30-8:00pm. There will be five presentation/dinner discussion sessions during the Winter Quarter, of which students are required to attend four. Elements used in grading: Class Participation and Attendance.

Terms: Win | Units: 1

Instructors: ; Kennedy, J. (PI); Martinez, J. (PI)

LAW 727: Health Law: Quality and Safety of Care

Concerns about the quality of health care, along with concerns about its cost and accessibility, are the focal points of American health policy. This course will consider how legislators, courts, and professional groups attempt to safeguard the quality and safety of the health care patients receive. The course approaches "regulation" in a broad sense. We will cover regimes for determining who may deliver health care services (e.g. licensing and accreditation agencies), legal and ethical obligations providers owe to patients (e.g. confidentiality, informed consent), individual and institutional liability for substandard care, and various proposals for reforming the medical malpractice system. We will also discuss the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (aka, "Obamacare"), which is launching many new initiatives aimed at assuring or improving health care quality. Special Instructions: Any student may write a paper in lieu of the final exam with consent of instructor. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Exam or Final Paper. (Cross-listed with School of Medicine - MED 209)

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Studdert, D. (PI)

LAW 728: Stolen Art

Public fascination with stolen art is evident from its almost daily coverage in the media, including the New York Times, the Wall Street Journal, the Art Newspaper, the Art Crime Journal, and numerous online sources. What is less evident is the extent to which apparently disparate art, cultural heritage and law topics share a significant stolen art interest. The course will deal with five currently lively stolen art topics: Imperialism; the Holocaust; Indigenous Art; Collectors and Museums; and the Illicit Trade in Antiquities. Law students and graduate students in other fields at Stanford (Art History, Anthropology, Archaeology, Classics, and others) will be eligible to take the course. Grades will be based on research papers (up to five students may write research papers) or final examinations. Special Instructions: Students have the option to write a research paper in lieu of the final exam with consent of instructor. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Final Exam or Final Research Paper.

Terms: Spr | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Jessiman, S. (PI); Merryman, J. (PI)

LAW 729: Legal Informatics

The legal system is undergoing rapid change due to - among other forces - expanding use of information technology in legal services as well as globalization of the legal industry. This class offers an overview of how technology is used in legal today's legal practice and how it will be changing the landscape of the legal profession and the law more broadly in the foreseeable future. Through this class students gain an understanding of the unique challenges and opportunities the legal system and the legal industry are facing and learn about innovative new systems seeking to address them. Students will be introduced to technologies that are commonly used for legal research, as well matter management and client management by law firms as well as in-house departments. Students will also be familiarized with the next generation of innovative systems and platforms that challenge the way law has been practiced to date, but also promise to increase the efficiency of our legal system. The class modules include: (i) Legal Document Management (including electronic legal research, e-discovery, specialized legal databases), (ii) Legal Infrastructure (including: case management, legal lead generation, managing the firms legal business process and legal process outsourcing), and (iii) Computational Law (including: legal expert systems, computable contracts, and unauthorized practice of law issues). Expert guest-speakers from academia and industry will provide for a diverse and interdisciplinary experience. Successful legal technology entrepreneurs and thought leaders in the legal technology space will provide a practical angle to the discussion. Special Instructions: Grades will be based on class participation including class preparation (25% of grade) and one of the following two options: Option 1 (section 01): Legal Technology Project (individual or group). Students will be presented with a series of research problems posed by industry partners of CodeX - The Stanford Center for Legal Informatics (http://codex.stanford.edu). Students can select a project and, individually or as part of a team, address the posed problem in form of a written report or by preparing a technical demonstration project/prototype that aims to solve the problem posed by the industry partner (75% of grade); or Option 2 (section 02): independent research paper (75% of grade). Students shall write an independent research paper on a legal informatics topic. You are invited to propose a topic and a working title and to discuss your topic ideas with us. The topic and the working title of the research paper must be approved by the instructors, before you start your detailed research. Independent research papers require by definition that students include other research materials besides the introductory and advanced readings for class. Students electing option 2 will receive Research (R) credit. Students taking the course for R credit can take the course for either 2 or 3 units, depending on the length of the research paper. If you wish to earn 2 units, the research paper shall be at least 18 pages in length (double-spaced, 12-point font size, 1-inch margins). If you wish to earn 3 units, the research paper shall be at least 26 pages in length (double-spaced, 12-point font size, 1-inch margins). Each student can choose one of the above two options, whichever he/she prefers. After the term begins, students electing option 2 can transfer from section (01) into section (02), with consent of the instructor. There are no prerequisites for this class. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments, Final Paper. (Cross-listed with Computer Science - CS 204)

Terms: Spr | Units: 2-3

Instructors: ; Genesereth, M. (PI); Vogl, R. (PI)

LAW 730: Advanced Legal Writing: Technology Transactions

This course covers the foundations of drafting contracts in a modern commercial setting, primarily through weekly hands-on writing exercises that illustrate business problems commonly found in today's technology transactions law practice. Topics to be addressed will include basic contract anatomy, common clause ambiguities, structuring for readable "flow", and drafting-for-negotiation techniques. Final examination will involve crafting a full-length technology license agreement from a rough term sheet that appears to have been pecked out on some sort of mobile device. No prior business law coursework, intellectual property background, or martial arts proficiency required. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments, Final Exam.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Lee, R. (PI)

LAW 733: Topics in American Legal Practice

This course is designed to introduce international JD students to American legal practice. It will begin in the spring quarter and continue into the fall quarter, and will require the writing of a paper. Elements used in grading: Final Paper

Terms: Spr | Units: 1

Instructors: ; Solomon, J. (PI)

LAW 735: Cities in Distress

In 2013, the City Detroit became the 28th city to declare municipal bankruptcy or to enter a receivership for fiscal crisis since late 2008, a window of time that has seen five of the six largest municipal bankruptcies in American history. This course will focus on these cities and the legal tools available to facilitate their restructuring and recovery. Subjects will include: (1) the basics of local finance; (2) an introduction to the primary causes of local fiscal distress; and (3) tools for state and federal governance of city finances and financial distress (including audits and other oversight mechanisms, state regulation, municipal bankruptcy, and state receiverships). The course will feature readings focused on law and cities across the country, including in California, Pennsylvania, Michigan, and North Carolina. A special unit in the course will focus squarely on the city of Detroit's bankruptcy. Grades will be based on class participation and (1) weekly reflection papers of 3-5 pages each week for each of our speakers/topics or (2) a long research paper. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02) which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Students taking the course for R credit can take the course for either 2 or 3 units, depending on the paper length. Elements Used in Grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments, Final Paper.

Terms: Aut | Units: 2-3

Instructors: ; Anderson, M. (PI); Sheeler, P. (GP)

LAW 736: Comparative Venture Capital - China

This course is taught in conjunction with Law 736A. Students may enroll for this course alone or for both this course and Law 736A. Law 736 is intended to introduce students to the legal and financial principles underlying venture capital investment in start-up enterprises and innovative technologies. A special emphasis of this course will be a comparative analysis of the ways in which the various legal and financial structures employed by venture capitalists are replicated in other legal environments, with a focus on the largest venture capital and IPO market in the world - China. The first eight weeks of the course will coincide with the first eight weeks of Winter Quarter, and will be conducted at Stanford Law School. Class sessions will be comprised of lectures regarding the basic concepts and structures, as well as seminar discussions with venture capital industry participants. Elements used in grading: Final exam, attendance and class participation. Special Instructions: Enrollment in the Beijing option is limited to 12 students (See Law 736A for application instructions and deadline).

Terms: Win | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Cole, G. (PI)

LAW 736A: Comparative Venture Capital - China: Field Study

This is the Stanford Center at Peking University in Beijing component of Comparative Venture Capital - China (Law 736). For details, see course description for Law 736. During spring break 2015, the course will be held at the Stanford Center at Peking University in Beijing, and will consist of meetings and seminars with lawyers, entrepreneurs, and venture capitalists active in the Chinese venture capital market. Students will also tour start-up enterprises made possible with venture investments. Enrollment is limited to 12 students. PLEASE NOTE: Students will need a passport and a visa to travel to Beijing. Elements used in grading: class participation and short writing assignments. APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration) to the SLS Registrar's Office. See Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Win | Units: 1

Instructors: ; Cole, G. (PI)

LAW 739: International Deals: The Economic Structure of Business Transactions

This course applies economic theory to the practice of structuring contracts. In the first part of the course, we read economics articles and case studies, focusing on problems of imperfect information. In the second part, we explore the connection between economic theory and contracting practice by dividing into groups to study a current deal. Groups examine a deal in detail and make a presentation to the class. We then hear from the lawyer or principal who worked on that deal. When it works, the students' and the practitioners' analyses are complimentary and enlightening. This year, we will focus on deals with an international component. In the past, we have examined cross-border joint ventures, movie and television financings, biotech alliances, venture capital financings, private equity investments, and architectural services. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments, Final Exam. Prerequisite: Corporations. If necessary, Corporations can be taken concurrently.

Terms: Aut | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Daines, R. (PI); Smith, G. (GP)

LAW 740: Guns, Drugs, Prisons, and Other Empirical Debates in Law and Policy

Empirical debates are often crucial to decisions by judges and policymakers. This course will focus on some of these debates with the goal of both informing students on the substantive issues and helping them to develop the ability to understand and evaluate empirical studies by reading major studies on the issues of guns, drugs, prisons and a variety of other hotly contested empirical issues in law and policy. Although we will be reading actual statistical/econometric studies, there is no pre-requisite for the class since it is not a hard-core quantitative empirical methods class, but rather is designed to develop the ability to be a thoughtful consumer of empirical research. The goal is to provide information that judges, litigators, policymakers, and informed citizens would find useful in understanding the strengths and weaknesses of empirical evidence. The final in-class exam will involve a critique of an actual empirical paper. One page comment papers will be written for each class. Depending on the size of the class, we may also have student presentations of certain papers.

Terms: Aut | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Donohue, J. (PI)

LAW 741: Introduction to Law and Economics

This course will introduce students to the "law and economics" way of thinking about the legal system. It is designed primarily for students who have little or no prior training in economics and who are unlikely to take more advanced courses in the field (such as the 4 unit Law 528, "Economic Analysis of Law"). This class will meet for six 1.5 hour sessions during the first part of the quarter. We will examine the core bodies of law taught to first-year law students: tort law, contract law, property law, criminal law, and civil procedure. For each of these bodies of law, the economic approach will be described in non-technical terms and then this approach will be used to examine a key case or key issue within that body of law. First-year law students are especially welcome in this course. There are no prerequisites to take this course. Elements used in grading: Final exam (open-book). The open-book exam will be given in class two weeks after the final lecture.

Terms: Win | Units: 1

Instructors: ; Polinsky, A. (PI); Sheeler, P. (GP)

LAW 742: Federalism

This course is an overview of legal and policy issues connected to federalism. We will examine a set of core theoretical questions - the values federalism serves; the relationship of federalism and individual and minority rights; and the role of judges in enforcing federalism through judicial review - across a wide range of contemporary legal debates (e.g., same-sex marriage, medical marijuana, immigration, voting rights). While much of the seminar will focus on the United States, we will also consider federalism in comparative context by examining the constitutions and legal doctrines of other regimes. Special Instructions: After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Students taking the seminar for R credit can take the seminar for either 2 or 3 units, depending on the paper length. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Written Assignments or Research Paper.

Terms: Spr | Units: 2-3

Instructors: ; Engstrom, D. (PI)

LAW 744: Moral Minds

Recent psychological advances in our understanding of the cognitive and social origins of morality cast a new light on age-old questions about ethics, such as: How did our moral sense evolve in our species? How does it develop over our lifetime? How much does our culture, religion, or politics determine our moral values? What is the role of intuition and emotion in moral judgment? How "logical" is moral judgment? How do other people's moral choices affect us? Does character matter or is behavior entirely dictated by the situations we find ourselves in? If it is purely situational, are we morally responsible for anything? How far will we go to convince ourselves that we are good and moral? We will review empirical answers to these questions suggested by behavioral research, and explore their implications for ethics. Open to all graduate students, including advanced degree candidates at the professional schools (law, business, medicine, computer science, education, etc.). Enrollment limited to 16 by consent of instructors. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Readings. CONSENT APPLICATION: Students enrolled in the course will be selected through an application process. The application can be found at http://web.stanford.edu/~arnewman/MoralMinds.fb, and is due at 11:59 p.m. on November 14, 2014. Cross-listed with Ethics in Society (ETHICSOC 304) and Psychology (PSYCH 264).

Terms: Win | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Fried, B. (PI); Monin, B. (PI)

LAW 745: Intellectual Property: International and Comparative Copyright

Music, motion pictures, books and computer programs are protected instantly upon their creation and without further ado under the copyright laws of 159+ countries. One great challenge for lawyers is to determine who owns the rights to these works across countries with differing legal systems. Another challenge is to determine what rights and remedies attach to these works, and what exceptions to rights apply, across countries that assign different policy weights to the interests of creators and users. Few copyright licenses today fail to reach across borders, and copyright litigation increasingly calls for an understanding of foreign law. This course will focus on the counselling considerations that surround the exploitation of foreign and domestic copyrighted works, respectively, in domestic and foreign markets through licensing, litigation, or both. The course will survey the principal legal systems and international treaty arrangements for the protection of copyrighted works as well as questions of jurisdiction, territoriality, national treatment, and choice of law. There will be no exam in the course, but rather four problem sets that will be discussed in separate class sessions. Students may select which three of the problem sets they wish to have graded. Elements used in grading: In-class problem sets.

Terms: Win | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Goldstein, P. (PI)

LAW 746: Climate Change Policy: Economic, Legal, and Political Analysis

This course will advance students' understanding of economic, legal, and political approaches to avoiding or managing the problem of global climate change. Beyond focusing on economic issues and legal constraints, it will address the political economy of various emissions-reduction strategies. The course will consider policy efforts at the local, national, and international levels. Theoretical contributions as well as empirical analyses will be considered. Specific topics include: interactions among overlapping climate policies and between new policies and pre-existing legal or regulatory frameworks; the role that jurisdictional or geographic scale can play in influencing the performance of climate policy approaches; and numerical modeling and statistical analyses of climate change policies. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Written Assignments, Final Exam. Cross-listed with Economics (ECON 159).

Terms: Spr | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Goulder, L. (PI); Wara, M. (PI)

LAW 747: Law, Slavery and Race

This course will explore the interaction of law, slavery and race in the United States, as well as from a comparative perspective. We will read original documents, including excerpts of trial transcripts, appellate opinions, treatises, codes, and first-person narratives. We will study the way law, politics and culture interacted to shape the institution of slavery and the development of modern conceptions of race. Course lectures and discussions will focus on questions such as: Did different legal regimes (Spanish, French, British) foster different systems of race and slavery in the Americas? How did/does law work "on the ground" to shape the production of racial hierarchy and creation of racial identities? In what ways did slavery influence the U.S. Constitution? How has race shaped citizenship in the U.S., and how can we compare it to other constitutional regimes? The course will begin with the origins of New World slavery, race and racism, and move chronologically to the present day. All students will be required to read and to participate in classroom discussion (obviously, attendance is required). Students will prepare two questions for discussion for 12 out of 20 class meetings; participation and discussion questions together will count for 25% of the grade. For students taking the exam, there will be a one-day take-home essay exam. Alternatively, students may write a final paper based on original research, of approximately 26 pages in length. A prospectus and rough draft will be required, for 5% and 10% of the grade respectively. The final exam or paper will be worth 75% of the grade (including the prospectus and rough draft). After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments, Final Paper or Final Exam. Cross-listed with African & African American Studies (AFRICAAM 254D), Comparative Studies in Race & Ethnicity (CSRE 154D) and History (HISTORY 254D) & (HISTORY 354).

| Units: 3

Instructors: ; Gross, A. (PI)

LAW 748: Comparative Class Actions

Although many lawyers regard the class action as a quintessential U.S. procedure, more than two dozen countries in North and South America, Northern, Central and Western Europe, Australia, Asia, Africa and the Mid-East have adopted some form of modern representative class action, and the number of jurisdictions with class actions is continuing to increase. Although the U.S. Supreme Court has steadily narrowed the scope for U.S. class actions, other jurisdictions see the procedure as appropriate for resolving securities, antitrust, consumer and personal injury claims. Some jurisdictions have invited business to resolve trans-national claims against them in their own domestic courts, and plaintiff attorneys who cannot obtain class certification in U.S. courts coordinate non-class mass actions with class action attorneys outside the U.S. Stanford is collaborating with the University of Windsor (Ontario) and Tilburg University (the Netherlands) law schools to offer a 1-credit seminar on these developments. Using a combination of synchronous and a-synchronous on-line communication, faculty and students at the 3 law schools will describe and analyze differences and similarities among the 3 countries (quite different) class action regimes. The class will meet weekly (sometimes separately by school and sometimes with faculty and students from the 3 schools together virtually) and SLS students will work with students at the other 2 institutions to research issues that cut across all three jurisdictions. This is a great opportunity to discover how lawyers in non-U.S. jurisdictions think about problems that arise trans-nationally, and some of the student you encounter in the seminar may be the practitioners you will litigate besides or against in future global litigation. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments. CONSENT APPLICATION: Students interested this course should contact Professor Hensler directly via email at dhensler@stanford.edu.

Terms: Aut | Units: 1

Instructors: ; Hensler, D. (PI)

LAW 749: Global Litigation

A securities class action is resolved in the NJ federal court for US investors and in the Amsterdam Court of Appeals for all other investors world-wide. Apple sues Samsung for patent infringement in N.D. CA and Samsung counter-sues in Korea, Japan and Germany. Merck is sued for injuries arising from its prescription drug, Vioxx, in the U.S., Canada and Australia, and the Australian lawyers are directed to challenge an otherwise unproblematic judicial ruling because of its possible impact on the U.S. litigation; meanwhile class certification is denied in the U.S. but granted in Canada. Philip Morris' Hong Kong subsidiary files a claim in an international arbitration tribunal charging that Australia's public health protection statute regarding tobacco marketing violates Australia's bi-lateral investment treaty with Hong Kong. Lawyers who received a $9 billion judgment from Ecuadorian courts against Chevron for environmental damage fight to enforce it in courts in Argentina, Brazil and Canada while Chevron's lawyers file a RICO suit against the plaintiff lawyer in the federal court for the N.Y.S.D. With the globalization of the economy we are seeing the globalization of litigation and the emergence of a new class of "global lawyers" who advise clients on litigation risks and opportunities in jurisdictions with different substantive law, procedural rules and legal and judicial cultures. This seminar will consider the doctrinal, procedural and practical challenges that arise when litigation goes global. We will consider the high profile cases in which these issues have played out in recent years and meet some of the lawyers who are creating a new virtual international court system for the resolution of global disputes. Special Instructions: Students in this course may if they wish also register for a 1-credit course on comparative class actions (Law 748), which will be taught collaboratively with faculty and students in U. Windsor (Ontario) and Tilburg University (the Netherlands). Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Final Paper.

Terms: Aut | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Hensler, D. (PI)

LAW 751: Just and Unjust Wars

War is violent, but also a means by which political communities pursue collective interests. When, in light of these features, is the recourse to armed force justified? Pacifists argue that because war is so violent it is never justified, and that there is no such thing as a just war. Realists, in contrast, argue that war is simply a fact of life and not a proper subject for moral judgment, any more than we would judge an attack by a pack of wolves in moral terms. In between is just war theory, which claims that some wars, but not all, are morally justified. We will explore these theories, and will consider how just war theory comports with international law rules governing recourse to force. We will also explore justice in war, that is, the moral and legal rules governing the conduct of war, such as the requirement to avoid targeting non-combatants. Finally, we will consider how war should be terminated; what should be the nature of justified peace? We will critically evaluate the application of just war theory in the context of contemporary security problems, including: (1) transnational conflicts between states and nonstate groups and the so-called "war on terrorism"; (2) civil wars; (3) demands for military intervention to halt humanitarian atrocities taking place in another state. Enrollment will be limited to 20 students -- 10 from SLS who will be selected by lottery and 10 from H&S. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Written Assignments, Final Exam. Cross-listed with Ethics in Society (ETHICSOC 205R), (ETHICSOC 305R) & Philosophy (PHIL 205R), (PHIL 305R).

Terms: Win | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Margalit, A. (PI); Weiner, A. (PI)

LAW 752: International Criminal Justice

The establishment of a global system of international justice reveals that the promises made during the Nuremberg era are not mere history. Over the past decade, the international community has undertaken a considerable investment in enforcing international criminal law in conflict and post-conflict situations with the establishment of the international criminal tribunals for the former Yugoslavia, Rwanda, Sierra Leone, East Timor, Cambodia, and Lebanon. As these ad hoc institutions wind down, the International Criminal Court (ICC) has become fully functional, although it is plagued by challenges to its legitimacy, erratic state cooperation, and persistent perceptions of inefficacy and inefficiency. Moreover, the global commitment to international justice remains inconsistent as calls for criminal accountability for the situations in Sri Lanka, South Sudan, and Syria-among others-go unanswered. This intensive mini-course in the new September Term will introduce students to the law, institutions, and actors that constitute the system of international criminal justice and to the political environment in which it operates. The classroom component (offered at Stanford during the first week of the course) will offer an elemental analysis of international crimes as they have evolved in international law and focus on the challenges of interpreting these norms in a criminal prosecution. Jurisprudence from the various international tribunals will be scrutinized with an emphasis on understanding the prosecution's burden, available defenses, and sources of proof. The course will culminate in a visit to The Hague in the second week of the course, during which time students will meet with principals from the tribunals, including prosecutors, judges, administrators, and members of the defense bar. In addition to the substance of international criminal law, this course will also serve as an introduction to international legal reasoning, law-making, and institutional design. It will complement existing courses at the Law School covering comparative law, international organizations, international human rights, and public international law. Elements used in grading: The course grade will be based on a series of short papers and active in-class engagement with the assigned materials. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Aut | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Martinez, J. (PI); Van Schaack, B. (PI)

LAW 753: Intellectual Property: Patent and Technology Licensing

This course covers the fundamentals of the law and practice of licensing of patents and technology. Licensing is the principal means by which rights in patents and technology are shared, exploited and monetized. It is fundamental to business models throughout the technology industry and beyond, including in software, mobile, consumer devices, semiconductors and pharmaceuticals. We cover (1) the business drivers and models for licensing patents and technology, (2) the core concepts and current trends of licensing law (both Federal Circuit and Supreme Court), and (3) key issues in structuring, drafting and negotiating patent and technology licenses. We also cover how the "patent troll" and "patent reform" debates may affect licensing law and practice. We will emphasize the practical aspects of licensing patents and technology, and licensing in its broader context in relation to corporate, litigation, intellectual property and antitrust practices. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Final Exam.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Mousavi, N. (PI); Yang, J. (PI)

LAW 754: Current Issues in Corporate Governance

Corporate governance has become a constant fixture of the legal and policy debates of our time. It not only figured prominently in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Dodd-Frank Act of 2010, the sweeping regulatory reforms of the last decade, but its reach has been far broader at both domestic and international levels. For a vast array of economic and social problems - from economic growth and systemic risk to rising inequality - improved corporate governance surfaced as a favored policy response. This seminar explores the central debates in this area with respect to issues such as board independence, shareholder voting and the role of proxy advisors, institutional investor activism, executive compensation, the question of short-termism, and board diversity. We will read works from the legal and economic literature and focus on current controversies. Special Instructions: Students have the option to write a paper in lieu of the final exam with consent of instructor. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Written Assignments and Final Exam or Final Paper.

Terms: Aut | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Pargendler, M. (PI)

LAW 755: Deals in Latin America

This course addresses value creation by business lawyers by examining how private parties structure their business transactions in Latin America, with a special emphasis on Brazil. It will focus, in particular, on the extent to which deal structures that are prevalent in the United States can travel well, or require adjusting, to this particular context. The first part of the course will explore barriers to contracting, such as risk and uncertainty, information problems, contract enforceability, and the Latin American legal and economic environments, as well as the tools available to overcome those barriers. The second part of the course will examine how the patterns of corporate ownership and control prevailing in the region shape the style and structure of business deals. Throughout the course, we will apply these concepts to a series of transactions that reflect the changing economic landscape in Latin America. This course is taught in conjunction with Law 755A. Students may enroll for this course alone or for both this course and Law 755A. As one of the new SLS Overseas Courses, the first eight weeks of the course will coincide with the first eight weeks of the Winter Quarter, and will be conducted at Stanford Law School. Students will have the option of participating in a one-week extension of the course in São Paulo during spring break for an additional credit. While in São Paulo, the class will meet local lawyers, clients, and regulators to discuss Brazilian deals in joint sessions with students from FGV Law School. The overseas portion of the course will be co-taught with George Triantis. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Written Assignments, Final Exam. Special instructions: Enrollment in the São Paulo option is limited to 12 students (See Law 755A for application instructions and deadline).

Terms: Win | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Pargendler, M. (PI)

LAW 755A: Deals in Latin America: Field Study

This is the São Paulo component of Deals in Latin America (Law 755). The course will be held at FGV Law School in São Paulo (FGV Direito SP), and will consist of meetings with local lawyers, clients, and regulators to discuss Brazilian deals in joint sessions with students from FGV Law School. Enrollment is limited to 12 students, and will be graded on the basis of participation and a short reflection paper. See Law 755 for enrollment instructions. APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration) to the SLS Registrar's Office. See Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Win | Units: 1

Instructors: ; Pargendler, M. (PI); Triantis, G. (PI)

LAW 757: Corrections, Punishment, and Public Policy

This introductory course will familiarize students with the history, structure, and performance of America's corrections system. Corrections deals with the implementation and evaluation of criminal sentences after they are handed down. This course will cover probation, jails, prison, parole, and prisoner reentry. We will also discuss special populations (e.g., mentally ill, sex offenders), mass incarceration, and how the widespread impacts of America's prison expansion. The course will examine corrections from global and historical views, from theoretical and policy perspectives, and with close attention to many problem-specific areas. We will explore correctional theories and their application, the nature, scope and function of corrections, the impact of mass incarceration on crime and communities, what works in rehabilitation, and how to help offenders reintegrate after a prison term. These topics will be considered as they play out in current political and policy debates. Guest lectures may include presentations by legal professionals, victims, offenders, and correctional leaders. We also plan to visit a correctional facility. This course is open to 1Ls, 2Ls, and 3Ls in the Law School. Students who have previously taken Petersilia's Sentencing and Corrections course (SLS 621-0-01) should not enroll in this class, as it would be duplicative. Students are asked to write two reflection papers (dates will be specified in the syllabus). Those two reflection papers constitute 50% of the grade; the final one-day take home exam constitutes the other 50%. Class participation will be used as a "tipping factor."

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Petersilia, J. (PI)

LAW 759: Law, Leadership, and Social Change

This course will examine the responsibilities and challenges for those who occupy leadership roles and for those seeking to use law as a vehicle for social change. Topics will include characteristics and styles of leadership, organizational dynamics, forms of influence, decision making, conflict management, innovation, diversity, ethical responsibilities, scandal, civil and human rights, and public interest law. . Materials will include cutting-edge research, case histories, problems, exercises, and media clips. Class sessions will include visitors who have occupied leadership roles. Requirements will include class participation, and either short written weekly reflection papers (2 to 3 pages and a short research paper (about 5 pages) or (2) a long paper (approximately 26-30 pages). After the term begins, students can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments, Final Paper.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Rhode, D. (PI); Sze, E. (GP)

LAW 760: Law and Visual Culture

Why doesn't the Supreme Court allow video cameras in oral argument? Why do jurors find video recordings more believable than live testimony? Is a computer generated re-enactment evidence? This course tracks the legal reception of modern visual representation from the confusion about the admissibility of photographs in the late 19th century (is it like a drawing? is it like eyewitness testimony?) to the debate about cameras in the courtroom in the late 20th century (do judges and jurors decide differently when the proceedings are subject to public scrutiny?) to the frequent and strategic deployment of visual media in pretrial and litigation practice today. We will pursue a variety of approaches to the topic, ranging from the discussion of film theory to guest lectures by practicing attorneys. Elements Used in Grading: Class Participation. Attendance, Written Assignments, Final Paper.

Terms: Win | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Sassoubre, T. (PI)

LAW 761: Introduction to Legal Design

Intro to Legal Design is a 9-week course for law students & other graduate students to reimagine how legal services are delivered, & learn how to use human-centered design methods to create breakthrough solutions to complex problems. The students will work with project partners - including legal aid groups, courts, and private law firms -- on 2 legal service challenges to help the partners solve real problems they & their users face. For each challenge, students will work on interdisciplinary teams, with close coaching from designers, engineers & lawyers. Students will learn design methods and use their respective expertise to design new innovations that make legal services more accessible & engaging. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructor. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments.

Terms: Spr | Units: 4

Instructors: ; Hagan, M. (PI)

LAW 762: Health Law: Improving Public Health

This course examines how the law can be used to improve the public's health. The major themes explored are, what authority does the government have to regulate in the interest of public health? How are individual rights balanced against this authority? What are the benefits and pitfalls of using laws and litigation to achieve public health goals? The course investigates these issues as they operate in a range of specific contexts in public health, including the control and prevention of infectious disease; laws aimed at preventing obesity and associated noncommunicable diseases; tobacco regulation; ensuring access to medical care; reproductive health; lawsuits against tobacco, food, and gun companies; and public health emergencies. In these contexts, we will ask and answer questions such as, what do the Constitution and key statutes permit? What makes a good public health law? What does public health evidence tell us about the likely effectiveness of particular legal interventions? What ethical and economic arguments justify government intervention to shape individuals' and companies' health-related behaviors? Instruction is through interactive lectures with a significant amount of class discussion and some group exercises. Class Participation, Written Assignments, Final Exam. Cross-listed with Medicine (MED 237).

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Mello, M. (PI)

LAW 763: International Trade and Development in the Global Economy

This course focuses on the intersection of two key objectives of the international order and international economic law: the promotion of central rules, regimes and policies for the stabilization and liberalization of international trade; and the encouragement of economic growth and development in poor countries. The course begins with the primary multilateral trade organization, the World Trade Organization (WTO), and its predecessor, the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT). The course then proceeds to regional trade and investment regimes: agreements affecting particular areas of the developing world, with special emphasis on U.S. trade law and policy in respect of those regions. Throughout, the course will examine high-profile case studies, as well as consider current events, such as U.S. negotiations on the Trans-Pacific Partnership and the Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Written Assignments, Final Exam.

Terms: Aut | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Thomas, C. (PI)

LAW 764: Current Issues in Insurance Law

This seminar will consider a range of important issues involving tort and contact aspects of insurance law. Each week will focus on a different topic. Topics may include the application of contra proferentem and reasonable expectations doctrines, bad faith litigation, duty to settle, prominent issues in asbestos litigation, remedies for misrepresentation, limitations on insurability, and the proper role for regulation of insurance policies. Readings will consist of a mix of important cases and academic articles. After the first week, students will take the lead in class discussion of each topic. Grading will be based on a combination of class participation and, at the student's option, (1) weekly response papers or (2) a single longer paper. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments or Final Paper.

Terms: Spr | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Sykes, A. (PI)

LAW 765: The Welfare State

Much has been written in recent years about the decline of the welfare state. Numerous adjectives have been applied to describe a trend toward austerity -- death, demise, withering, reversal. One writer suggested that the welfare state had not died, it had merely "moved to Asia" along with industrialization. This seminar introduces students to the key literature, questions, and debates about the modern welfare state. We will consider the emergence, growth, and current status of the welfare state, primarily in Western Europe and North America. The course will examine classical theories about markets and the emergence of social provision. We will also consider the leading theoretical and empirical research addressing the emergence of the welfare state, looking at the American case in comparative perspective. Attention will be paid to social and political factors on state development including political parties, labor markets, gender, demographic change, and immigration. We will then turn to the trend toward austerity and retrenchment, and the effect of globalization for the future of the welfare state. Course Requirements. Participation/Discussion (25%). Students are responsible to complete all readings and to come to class prepared to actively participate in discussion. Each student is responsible to lead a portion of the discussion twice per quarter. Short Reaction Papers (25%). All students must complete 5 reaction papers related to the weekly readings of 2 to 3 pages in length. Reaction papers will include a list of questions to be addressed in that week's discussion. All reaction papers must be posted to coursework in advance of class so that the student(s) leading that week's discussion can incorporate the questions into that week's discussion. Final Options (50%). Students have the option of completing one final paper of 20 pages in length OR 4 essays of 5 -6 pages each addressing the readings in weeks that the student did NOT complete reaction papers. Topics for 20 page papers must be approved by me in advance, and may be related to a student's dissertation or master's research or may be a stand-alone topic. Papers may take the form of a research proposal and need not contain original empirical research. Shorter papers should engage thoroughly with the literature on the selected topic, and should bring additional sources other than those read for class to bear on the topic of choice. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline. Cross-listed with Sociology (SOC 254 & SOC 354).

Terms: Win | Units: 3-5

Instructors: ; Dauber, M. (PI)

LAW 766: Going Global: Advising Clients in a Global Economy

Lawyers are increasingly asked to advise clients with global operations. This course will provide a foundation for understanding the challenges faced by business entities that operate around the world and that are therefore subject to multiple and sometimes inconsistent national laws. We will review the types of laws that apply to cross-border and multinational transactions, as well as how variations in culture and legal systems affect the substance and application of those laws. We will also examine how treaties, international agreements and informal or political norms can constrain or supplement these laws and review the risks of doing business in communities whose laws are ineffective or unreliable. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments, Final Exam.

Terms: Win | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Daines, R. (PI); Martinez, J. (PI); Melamed, A. (PI); Berry, E. (GP); Smith, G. (GP)

LAW 768: Environmental Justice

This course will introduce environmental justice as a social movement, including its central substantive concerns (the needs of humans in the built environment rather than the need to protect the environment from humans) and its methods (community-based political organizing rather than professionalized judicial or legislative action). The bulk of the course will then pursue a broader conception of environmental justice today by using social science research, theory, and case studies to investigate the civil rights and poverty aspects of environmental safety and natural resources. The course will include units on: (1) toxic exposure and public health disparities stemming from the disproportionate siting of locally-unwanted land uses in poor neighborhoods of color; (2) access to natural resources and basic public services, including clean water, wastewater disposal, and open space; (3) tools in environmental justice advocacy (including community-based lawyering, Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Fair Housing Act, common law nuisance actions, and transactional lawyering); (4) environmental justice issues in Indian Country, and (5) environmental justice issues in climate change policy. Much of the course material, including student presentations, will be grounded in the experiences and advocacy histories of specific communities, both urban and rural, across the country. Grades will be based on class participation and (1) weekly reflection papers of 3-5 pages each week for each of our topics or (2) a long research paper. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02) which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Students who opt for a long research paper may, if they so choose, conduct substantial legal research responsive to a non-profit environmental justice organization's legal needs. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments, Final Paper.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Anderson, M. (PI); Sheeler, P. (GP)

LAW 769: Copyright and Content in the Digital Age

The digital age has brought about unprecedented opportunity and upheaval in the creation and distribution of content. This seminar will examine digital disruptions to the business models of content creators and industries, and the corresponding impact of the Internet on copyright law, largely through the lens of the litigation involving Google Books. That litigation, which has been active in the courts for almost a decade, is a microcosm of the vast issues that have faced content owners and consumers in the digital age: new technologies to reproduce and distribute works, evolving concepts of fair use, changing consumer norms, massive disruptions to economic interests, increased access to information, concerns about piracy, and threats to competition. We will examine issues related to copyright and content in the digital age by focusing not only on legal claims and defenses, but also litigation strategy, business strategy, policy strategy and public relations strategy, all of which play an important part in the art of lawyering today. The seminar will explore in depth the many contours of the Google Books litigation, including transformative fair use, the problem of orphan works, the rise of ebooks, non-display use and the proposed class action settlement of the case, which was rejected by the district court in 2011. We will also examine digital developments in other content industries (movie, music and newspaper) and focus on two related book issues: the ebook antitrust case against both publishers and Apple and the frequent disputes between publishers and Amazon. The seminar will include visitors who have been involved in the issues being studied. Grading will be based upon weekly reflections, class participation and (for those opting for Research credit) a long paper based on independent research. Some copyright experience is recommended. The course is open to graduate students throughout the university, especially the Graduate School of Business, the Department of Communication and the Journalism Program, by consent of the instructor. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructor. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline. Elements used in grading: Class Participation and Written Assignments or Research paper.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Rubin, T. (PI)

LAW 772: Career Development: Alchemy, Law, and Practice

Career development is a embedded in life development. This course offers a space and time for each student to consider both through course materials, class interactions, and a series of reflection papers. The course includes one class facilitated in collaboration with the Office of Career Services focusing on a formal assessment via one or more psychological tests offered to each student. The materials for other class meetings are thought provoking works that have proven to be salient for considering career and life direction. Images and material from alchemy that embody what many consider to be a primary set of symbols for personal transformation provide a backdrop for the course. The course benefits from the collaboration of Michael Guasperini, a mythologist and lawyer whose primary vocation is working intimately with lawyers and firms during periods of personal and institutional transition. Mr. Guasperini has deep experience with the personal lives of hundreds of lawyers at various ages and levels of professional development, providing a valuable and practical perspective for self-reflection. Elements used in grading: Written Assignments (reflection papers).

Terms: Spr | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Strnad, J. (PI)

LAW 773: Law and Society in Late Imperial China

Our purpose in this colloquium is to understand how law in the Qing dynasty (1644-1912) functioned as an instrument of autocratic power, a field of interaction between state and society, and a vital feature of social life. To this end, we shall survey Qing law "from the top down" (the perspective of the imperial center, its ideology, and its political imperatives), but also "from the bottom up" (the perspective of quotidian practice at the local level). We shall explore the friction between ideology and practice within the dynasty's formal legal system, but also the field of customary practice that flourished outside the formal system, sometimes in conflict with it. Readings have been selected to introduce the work of major historians (in English) and to cover a range of basic concepts and problems in this field. One important theme is how scholarly interpretation and debate have changed over time, especially as a result of the opening of Qing legal archives for research. Another theme is the question of what concepts and vocabulary are most appropriate for this field of study. What are the advantages and disadvantages of analyzing the Chinese legal tradition in comparison to the West? Is it possible to understand it "on its own terms"? Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments, Final Paper. Cross-listed with History (HISTORY 392B) & Chinese Literature (CHINLIT 392B).

Terms: Aut | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Sommer, M. (PI)

LAW 774: Clean Energy Project Development and Finance

This case study-oriented course will focus on the critical skills needed to evaluate, develop, finance (on a non-recourse basis), and complete standalone energy and infrastructure projects. The primary course materials will be documents from several representative projects - e.g. wind and carbon capture - covering key areas including market and feasibility studies, environmental permitting and regulatory decisions, financial disclosure from bank and bond transactions, and construction, input, and offtake contracts. Documents from executed transactions are highly customized. By taking a forensic approach, looking at several different deals, we can learn how project developers, financiers, and lawyers work to get deals over the finish line that meet the demands of the market, the requirements of the law, and (sometimes) broader societal goals. Elements used in grading: Participation 50% Projects/Papers 50%. Case and Problem Discussion. All + waitlist must attend. Absences impact grade. Cross-listed with Graduate School of Business (GSBGEN 335).

Terms: Win | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Reicher, D. (PI); Brown, J. (SI); Rogers, D. (SI); Longinidis, K. (GP)

LAW 776: U.S. and International Issues in the Changing Arctic

This seminar will explore domestic and international issues that are arising in the Arctic, including territorial rights; energy development in the Arctic (including the role of multi-national oil companies, country-specific regulatory standards and response capabilities); the rights of indigenous peoples; mutual aid agreements; and climate change impacts, including the opening of new shipping routes, increased coastal erosion, the loss of permafrost, impacts on traditional subsistence activities, and the like. The seminar is particularly timely, as the U.S. will be taking over Chairmanship of the 8 nation Arctic Council next year and setting a substantive agenda for the international community. Special Instructions: Students in Section (01) will write reflection papers on topics of interest. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), and have the option to write a longer paper for Research (R) credit with consent of instructor. Elements used in grading: Class Participation and Reflection or Research Papers.

Terms: Aut | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Hayes, D. (PI)

LAW 779: Transition to Practice: Selected Topics

This course is designed to explore issues of professional identity for students transitioning into the legal profession. It will begin in the spring quarter and continue into the fall quarter, and will require the writing of a paper. Elements used in grading: Final Paper.

Terms: Spr | Units: 1

Instructors: ; Solomon, J. (PI)

LAW 781: Philanthropy and Civil Society

Associated with the Center for Philanthropy and Civil Society (PACS). Year-long workshop for doctoral students and advanced undergraduates writing senior theses on the nature of civil society or philanthropy. Focus is on pursuit of progressive research and writing contributing to the current scholarly knowledge of the nonprofit sector and philanthropy. Accomplished in a large part through peer review. Readings include recent scholarship in aforementioned fields. May be repeated for credit for a maximum of 3 units. Cross-listed with Education (EDUC 374), Political Science (POLISCI 334) and Sociology (SOC 374).

Terms: Aut, Win, Spr | Units: 1 | Repeatable 3 times (up to 3 units total)

Instructors: ; Brest, P. (PI); Powell, W. (PI); Reich, R. (PI)

LAW 784: Critical Race Theory

This course will consider one of the newest intellectual currents within American Legal Theory -- Critical Race Theory. Emerging during the 1980s, critical race scholars made many controversial claims about law and legal education -- among them that race and racial inequality suffused American law and society, that structural racial subordination remained endemic, and that both liberal and critical legal theories marginalized the voices of racial minorities. Course readings will be taken from both classic works of Critical Race Theory and newer interventions in the field, as well as scholarship criticizing or otherwise engaging with Critical Race Theory from outside or at the margins of the field. The class will meet 7:15PM to 9:15PM on January 5, 6, 7 and 12, 13. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Written Assignments

Terms: Win | Units: 1

Instructors: ; Mack, K. (PI)

LAW 785: Current Issues in Tax Practice

This course will introduce students to major issues in tax practice. Each class will be co-taught by one or more leading practitioners in the tax bar, with other members of the bar attending. Subjects include international tax, intellectual property and tax, tax litigation, state and local taxation, working for the government in tax, tax lobbying and working in a corporate tax department. Class will meet at my home (with take-out dinner provided). The class offers students a good opportunity to connect their SLS tax courses to real-world tax issues and practitioners. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments.

Terms: Spr | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Bankman, J. (PI)

LAW 786: International Justice

This course will examine the arc of an atrocity. It begins with an introduction to the interdisciplinary scholarship on the causes and enablers of mass violence-genocide, war crimes, terrorism, and state repression. It then considers political and legal responses ranging from humanitarian intervention (within and without the Responsibility to Protect framework), sanctions, commissions of inquiry, and accountability mechanisms, including criminal trials before international and domestic tribunals. The course will also explore the range of transitional justice mechanisms available to policymakers as societies emerge from periods of violence and repression, including truth commissions, lustrations, and amnesties. Coming full circle, the course will evaluate current efforts aimed at atrocity prevention, rather than response, including President Obama¿s atrocities prevention initiative. Readings address the philosophical underpinnings of justice, questions of institutional design, and the way in which different societies have balanced competing policy imperatives. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Final Paper. Cross-listed with International Policy Studies (IPS 208A).

Terms: Win | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Van Schaack, B. (PI)

LAW 787: Reinventing American Criminal Justice Systems

The scandal of criminal justice in the United States is by now a familiar one, its facts well known. As the late William J. Stuntz wrote in The Collapse of American Criminal Justice: "Rule of law has vanished in America's criminal justice system. Prosecutors decide whom to punish; most accused never face a jury; policing is inconsistent; plea bargaining is rampant; and draconian sentencing fills prisons with mostly minority defendants." There is no controversy that change is needed, and many believe we are now at a policy turning point. For the first time in nearly 40 years, prison populations are declining and a variety of forces-fiscal, political, and evidentiary-have finally come together to create broad-based support for reconstituting components of the American criminal justice system. But good intentions are not enough, and a policy opportunity is not the same thing as a policy success. This historic opportunity requires a thoughtfully planned, multidisciplinary effort. This seminar is designed to engage in that effort. Each student will be asked to select a particular area of potential reform (e.g., police, prisons, prosecution, sentencing, plea bargaining, parole release, risk prediction, juvenile justice, mental health, drug policy, racial disparities, parole), and to offer a comprehensive concrete proposal for change. The final paper will offer a ten-point plan for reconstituting that particular component of the criminal justice system. The concrete proposals must be justified in terms of the pertinent legal and empirical research. The goal of each paper is to provide policymakers with a practical blueprint for choosing a different criminal justice future. This course is designed for students who wish to delve deeply into specific areas of criminal justice reform, and have an interest in policy reform, empirical research, and advocacy. Elements used in grading: Final Paper. Automatic grading penalty is waived. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Petersilia, J. (PI)

LAW 788: Race, Policing and Prosecutors: Perspectives, Problems, and Possibilities

Prompted by the killings of Tamir Rice in Cleveland, Ohio, Michael Brown in Ferguson, Missouri, and Eric Garner in Staten Island, New York, this 1 unit mini-course will draw on a wide array of materials to examine the challenges and injustices that arise at the intersection of race and policing in the United States. The first part of the course will consider alternative accounts of the central problems at the intersection of race and law enforcement, and will explore the roots of distrust between minority communities and law enforcement agencies. The course will examine the social, psychological, historical and institutional roots of these problems. The second part of the course will survey various reform proposals. What are the possibilities and limits of civil rights actions? Is reform best undertaken by courts or legislatures? By the federal government or by states? Some reforms focus on prosecutors, e.g. limiting prosecutorial discretion, eliminating grand juries. Other reforms focus on policing, e.g. racial sensitivity or procedural justice training, requiring body cameras, creating more racially representative police forces. To what extent should solutions be pursued through new forms of democratic oversight and accountability (such as police civilian review boards) or through community organizing efforts. Does racially just and effective policing require controlling and constraining the police, or working collaboratively with law enforcement agencies? This 1 unit course is Mandatory Pass/Fail, and will meet only three times during the course of the quarter. Attendance and participation at each class session is required. Prior to each class session, each student will post questions, observations or reflections that will provide the basis for class discussion. The class will meet from 2-5 pm the following Fridays: January 16, February 6, and February 27. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance & Written Assignments.

Terms: Win | Units: 1

Instructors: ; Banks, R. (PI); Eberhardt, J. (PI); Sklansky, D. (PI); Spaulding, N. (PI)

LAW 791: Implications of Post-1994 Conflicts in Great Lakes Region of Africa: an American Perspective

Seminar will explore the post-1994 conflicts in the Great Lakes Region from the perspective of the former US Special Envoy to the region. Particular emphasis will be placed on the intensified regional and international efforts to resolve these conflicts since the M23 rebellion of 2012. It will consider the implications these activities have for the region, legal accountability, international peacekeeping and the conduct of American foreign policy. The seminar will include the following segments: 1) the origins and nature of the post-1994 conflicts and recent efforts to resolve them with particular attention to the relationship between modern Congolese history and the Rwandan genocide and the peace-making efforts initiated by the Peace, Security and Cooperation Framework agreement of February 2013; 2) accountability for conflict-related crimes committed in the region including sex and gender-based crimes and the legal and other regimes established to address conflict minerals; and 3) the broader implications of the conflict for American foreign policy in Africa, in particular, and in general, and lessons learned about the way in which such policy is formulated; as well as the implications of this conflict for international peace-making and peace-keeping efforts. The course is cross-listed for IPS and law school students. Special instructions: The class will be limited to 12 IPS students and five law students. Elements used in grading: Class participation, Attendance, Final Paper. Cross-listed with International Policy Studies (IPS 252).

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Feingold, R. (PI)

LAW 792: Advanced Legal Writing: Public Interest Litigation

Public-interest litigation is often an uphill battle. Civil rights plaintiffs have difficulty prevailing even when their fact-patterns are sympathetic, as can be seen in contexts from sexual harassment lawsuits to wage to hour claims and from police brutality and prison conditions cases to transnational human rights complaints. Yet when public interest impact litigation does succeed it can enable or even galvanize social movements-both domestic and international-and meaningfully change the legal landscape. This class will focus on the skills necessary to litigate public interest lawsuits, and, in particular, public interest impact litigation. We will focus on marrying research and analysis of statutory text and case law and harnessing the creativity necessary to win such lawsuits by using those research and analytical results to write two briefs from the perspective of public interest or pro-bono advocates. Along the way, we will examine some of the most important briefs of the twentieth and twenty-first centuries in various public interest contexts to unpack the rhetorical and analytical skills needed to persuade judges across the ideological spectrum. Grading will be based on a Mandatory P/R/F system, taking into account research and writing as well as class participation. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: Students on the waitlist for the course will be admitted if spots are available on the basis of priority. Early drop deadline: Students may not drop this course after first week of class.

Terms: Spr | Units: 3

Instructors: ; Kenney, C. (PI)

LAW 793: Constitutional Litigation and Public Policy: Race and Criminal Justice

This course will examine the ways in which race and perceptions of race influence our criminal-justice system, with an emphasis on interactions between individuals and the police. Topics will include racial profiling, stop-and-frisk tactics, police use of force, the over- and under-policing of communities of color, and the impact of the war on drugs on these communities. We will discuss the doctrinal, policy, and practical issues that these topics raise, as well as the question of how to effectively use litigation and other types of advocacy to address problems within the criminal-justice system. My goal is for students in the course not only to gain an understanding of the subject matter but also to develop their litigation, writing, and advocacy skills. Readings will include Michelle Alexander's The New Jim Crow, Randall Kennedy's Race, Crime, and the Law, as well as cases and articles. Students will be required to write a number of short papers. Grades will be based on those papers and on class participation.

Terms: Spr | Units: 2

Instructors: ; Risher, M. (PI)

LAW 794: Introduction to Finance

This course is a basic introduction to the principles of finance and is intended as a primer on principles of valuation that are useful in everything from settlement negotiations to family law. No prior knowledge of finance will be assumed. If you want an introduction to corporate finance and won't take the full 3 credit course, this is for you. The first part of the course (approximately 6 weeks) will consist of on-line modules and problem sets that you will complete on your own and in small groups. We will cover topics such as: earnings, cash flows, income statements, interest rates, time value of money, estimating firm value, risk and return and the cost of capital. We will provide a framework for answering questions such as: how much is this project (or firm) worth? How should the firm raise money for a new investment? There will be weekly problem sets and you will get experience with building a simple model (excel spreadsheet) that will help you estimate the value of a potential new project. The second part of the course will consist of in-class discussions of case studies that apply these valuation principles to particular legal settings: e.g. valuing settlement offers, merger proposals, appraisal proceedings, and the efficient capital markets hypothesis. We hope that this flexible format will allow more students to take finance. If you wish, you can take this course and then later take Corporate Finance 1. The class will meet 2:15PM to 3:45PM on April 2, May 14, May 21, and May 28. Additional small group meetings will be scheduled with the instructor. On-line component. Elements used in grading: Written Assignments, Final Project.

The course will explore the complexities of cross-border mergers and acquisitions, with a particular focus on transatlantic and other international public M&A transactions. The subject-matter provides an opportunity to tie together different bodies of law relevant to M&A (corporate, contracts, securities, antitrust and other regulatory fields) and to confront the US, European, and emerging markets legal, business, and cultural environments in a deal-oriented context, including case studies of major transactions. We will go over the business and legal framework of cross-border M&A, deal-making strategies, transaction structures and key deal considerations, and explore the content of cross-border M&A agreements. Regulatory matters, deal risk management and hostile takeovers will also be addressed, as well as the broader policy and cross-cultural considerations underlying global M&A practice. International guest speakers will be invited to share their experience. The course will aim to provide students with a broad understanding of the legal and business aspects of major cross-border M&A transactions. This is an interactive, primarily practice-oriented course requiring active student participation. Special Instructions: Corporations recommended but not required. This course is open to GSB students with permission of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Class participation, oral presentations, contractual practice exercise, and final exam.

| Units: 3

Instructors: ; Cohen-Tanugi, L. (PI)

LAW 325: The Role of the Modern General Counsel

(Same as GSBGEN 544) The news is filled with reports of one corporate crisis after another - names like BP, Goldman Sachs, Bank of America, AIG, Siemens, Toyota, and issues like backdating, bribery, antitrust violations, insider trading, procurement fraud, health and safety violations, consumer class actions and the like. And often the cry is heard - where are the lawyers? This course explores the evolution of the role of the general counsel in major American public companies and, more broadly, the expanding role of in-house counsel. These are the lawyers in the trenches, on the front lines of American businesses. Each week, we'll review another dimension of the general counsel's job. We'll consider how general counsel today play an important role on the executive team of major companies and explore the different ways in which general counsels manage large corporate legal departments and direct functional legal areas like litigation, IP, corporate and securities, M&A, environmental and employment law. We will also examine the professional responsibilities and legal obligations of the general counsel -- including the delicate and sometimes conflicting reporting relationships to the CEO and the board of directors -- and consider how an in-house legal department fits into a corporation's organizational structure and how it supports the company's operating units on a day-to-day basis. We will explore the general counsel's role in internal investigations, regulatory investigations and compliance programs, and governmental affairs. We will also consider current practices in how in-house lawyers select, collaborate with and evaluate outside counsel. The class will meet weekly and we will invite current and former general counsels to join us occasionally for our discussions. Each student will be expected to participate actively in class discussions, and will be required to complete two projects, each in collaboration with three other students and submitted as a team, presenting how the team would address a complex set of legal and business issues.

| Units: 2

LAW 328: Intellectual Property: Advanced Patents

This is an advanced seminar, open only to those who have taken patent law. We will discuss current cases, as well as some issues not covered in the basic class. We will also focus on current efforts to reform the patent system. Students will write and present a research paper on a patent law topic.

| Units: 3

LAW 329: Intellectual Property: International

Music, motion pictures, even books travel instantaneously around the globe. So do patented inventions; so do brands and trademarks. Copyright and trademark licenses increasingly take foreign exploitation into account. Litigation over an important patented invention often proceeds on several foreign fronts. No lawyer practicing intellectual property law today can afford to overlook the substantive and procedural differences that separate one country's law from another's. This course will focus on the counseling considerations that surround the exploitation of intellectual properties in domestic and foreign markets through licensing, litigation, or both. The course will survey the principal legal systems and international treaty arrangements for copyright, patent, trademark and neighboring rights, as well as questions of jurisdiction, territoriality, national treatment and choice of law.

| Units: 3

LAW 331: Intellectual Property: Strategy for Technology Companies

This course focuses on the actual day-to-day intellectual property issues faced by a technology-based company. Each class will cover a different aspect of an intellectual property practice, covering such topics as the establishment of a patent program, trade secret management, intellectual property licensing, the intellectual property issues arising during M&A transactions and strategic alliances, patent litigation, and managing open source software. The emphasis in each class will be on case studies, guest speakers, and interactive exercises designed to simulate scenarios commonly faced by an intellectual property attorney, including the negotiation of patent cross licenses, the drafting of intellectual property representations and warranties, the generation of intellectual property disclosure and licensing policies, and the identification and prioritization of patentable inventions. Prerequisite: Basic familiarity with patent law is strongly recommended for this course. If necessary, Intellectual Property: Patents can be taken concurrently. Elements used in grading: Class participation and written assignments.

LAW 387: Internet Torts and Crimes

The purpose of this course is to cover the highlights of torts and crimes on the Internet. Topics include cybercrimes (spam, fraud, cyberbullying), privacy, and First Amendment issues (defamation, threats, and indecent speech). The perspective will be from that of a practitioner faced with various fact patterns and known case law who has to advise his/her client on the best course of action. (Think stud poker as applied to the practice of law.)

| Units: 2

LAW 395: Creating New Legal Tools to Address the Environmental Impacts of Energy Projects

A domestic energy boom is underway with major new energy projects being sited on both private and public lands, including wind projects, utility-scale solar projects, oil and gas projects, and associated transmission lines and pipeline projects. Many of these projects have significant footprints, with related negative impacts on their local environments. Students will work with policymakers in Sacramento and Washington this fall in evaluating new regulatory and market-based options to address the environmental impacts of energy-related projects. In doing so, seminar participants will be working "in real time" on new state and federal initiatives to develop more expedited and effective mechanisms to compensate for environmental impacts of energy and other infrastructure projects, including a number of large renewable energy projects that currently are being developed on public and private lands in the southwest. The seminar also will explore the full range of environmental issues associated with major infrastructure development, including an in-depth discussion and evaluation of permitting reforms and environmental issues that the Administration is now addressing under Executive Order 13604 (President Obama's infrastructure permitting reform initiative).

| Units: 3

LAW 405: Privacy and Technology in Law and Practice

In this lecture course, students will identify instances in which new technologies have changed the likelihood that information about individuals will be created, collected, stored, analyzed, and disclosed to both private entities and to governments. We will look at the internet, mobile platforms and drones, among other developments. The class will identify both privacy defeating and privacy enhancing technologies, and consider how legal regimes and policy choices as well as technological design can mitigate or highten the risk of unwanted information disclosure. Assignments will ask for both descriptive and normative analysis. Students will examine the interrelationship between privacy, security, free speech, innovation and other public goods and be asked to debate particular policy outcomes in light of competing values about information privacy with regard to both the public and private sector. We will cover issues such as Do-Not-Track and online advertising, data security breaches, consumer notice, privacy by design, corporate best practices, Federal Trade Commission enforcement, workplace monitoring, and law enforcement and national security access.

| Units: 2

LAW 407: International Deal Making

This course specifically focuses on the application of legal and business knowledge to real world transactions in the international context. This is a practical course for students who are interested in applying their knowledge to deal structuring, identifying and resolving legal and business concerns, negotiations, documentation and deal closing. The caselets (short-form cases), developed by the instructor (JD/MBA/CPA) from his 25 years' experience in deal-making in China and Asia, raising $9 billion in equity and debt, often place the student inside the negotiating room and challenge the student to strike deals with senior private and public officials. This course is structured as an intense large seminar with a maximum of 30 law and 10 business students, mixed into groups for class work and presentations.nnCourse objectives: (1) To give the law student a deeper understanding of the legal issues that arise in cross-border transactions, and a broader understanding of the business context in which legal advice is asked for and given; (2) to give the business student an appreciation of the importance of reading the legal documents which purport to describe his/her business transaction, and an understanding of the role the legal advisor can and should play in deal structuring, negotiating and documenting aspects; and (3) for both sets of students, there will be the opportunity to strategize, structure and be the principal negotiator in real world, substantive, international business deals. Following the outcomes decided in class, the actual outcomes and subsequent events will be shared. This is an applied business law course focused on structuring, negotiating and closing pioneering business transactions which have several legal and business obstacles to overcome.nnElements used in grading: Class participation (30%), attendance, final paper (30%) and group presentation (40%).

| Units: 2

LAW 413A: Policy Practicum: Obesity in Santa Clara County

This course will develop obesity initiatives for Santa Clara County. Law, medical, and public policy students will work with representatives from the County Board of Supervisors to identify strategies for reducing child and adult obesity that the County can implement. A paper focusing on particular initiatives will be required. Course must be taken for two-units or more to satisfy the Research requirement. Students may normally receive no more than four units for a Policy Lab practicum and no more than a total of eight units of Policy Lab practicums and Directed Research projects combined may be counted toward graduation unless additional units for graduation are approved in advanced by the Petitions Committee. A student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. Consent Application: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for contact information and submission deadline. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Final Paper.

| Units: 1-3 | Repeatable 3 times (up to 8 units total)

LAW 413B: Policy Practicum: Election Administration and Reform

Students in this policy lab will be conducting research on problems in administration that have plagued recent elections, as well as potential reform proposals. The areas of inquiry will include: wait times to vote, polling place location and management, poll worker recruitment and training, voting accessibility for uniformed and overseas voters, individuals with disabilities, limited English proficiency, voter rolls and poll books, voting machine capacity and technology, ballot simplicity and voter education, provisional ballots, absentee and early voting, and the adequacy of contingency plans for natural disasters and other emergencies that may disrupt elections. Students will be responsible for white papers on one or more of these issues, as well as creating bibliographies on these and related topics. Students may normally receive no more than four units for a Policy Lab practicum and no more than a total of eight units of Policy Lab practicums and Directed Research projects combined may be counted toward graduation unless additional units for graduation are approved in advanced by the Petitions Committee. A student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. Consent Application: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructor. See Consent Application Form for contact information and submission deadline. Elements used in grading: Written Assignments.

| Units: 2 | Repeatable 4 times (up to 8 units total)

LAW 413C: Policy Practicum: Improving Bone Marrow Donation Programs

The National Bone Marrow Donation Program (NMBD) operates the "Be the Match Registry." Individuals who register with Be the Match may be identified as potential donors of hematapoietic cells (most typically bone marrow) to patients facing life-threatening disorders such as leukemia, lymphoma, and aplastic anemia who do not have family members who are good matches to serve as donors. (Family members are appropriate for only 30% of patients needing these transplants.) The NBMD is considering whether the procedures that it uses to attract people to enroll as potential donors in the registry could be improved, and also wants to investigate the further possibility that the proportion of potential donors who actually donate cells once it is discovered that they are a match for a particular patient could be increased. Social psychologists here at Stanford are interested in working with the NBMD to examine some of the organization¿s practices, taking advantage of the sorts of social psychological insights often employed by those interested in marketing products or increasing charitable donations. There are questions, of course, about the efficacy of the techniques that they might recommend in terms of increasing ultimate donation levels, but there are also significant questions about whether some of the techniques might run afoul of existing legal regulation or pose other sorts of problems for the organization. Law students who choose to work on this practicum will almost surely work (in teams with other law students and in conjunction with social psychologists working on this issue and the NBMD) on the following issues: -- To what extent is it consonant with existing medical privacy law (or laws that the NBMD might press to adopt) to reveal personal information about donees to potential donors, assuming that donors are more likely to donate to those with whom they feel a greater personal connection? -- To what degree can NBMD simplify the process of registering potential donors without running afoul of current (or ideal) regulation protecting people against undergoing medical procedures in the absence of informed consent? -- What sorts of material incentives for donation, if any, are permissible under current (or ideal) law and what stance should the NBMD take on the use of material incentives? There may well be other related topics upon which students will work as well. Students may normally receive no more than four units for a Policy Lab practicum and no more than a total of eight units of Policy Lab practicums and Directed Research projects combined may be counted toward graduation unless additional units for graduation are approved in advanced by the Petitions Committee. A student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. Consent Application: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors at mkelman@stanford.edu and lmarshall@law.stanford.edu. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline. Elements used in grading: Written Assignments, Class Participation, Group Work.

| Units: 2-3 | Repeatable 4 times (up to 8 units total)

LAW 413D: Policy Practicum: Institutional and Legislative Copyright Reform

The US Copyright Office has developed an ambitious agenda for legislative and institutional reform of the American copyright system, and the Register of Copyrights would like us to assist in researching and formulating policy on two of the more pressing projects on its agenda, at least one of which may be the subject of hearings before the House Judiciary Committee this fall. Students will be responsible for developing and implementing the research design; consulting regularly with Copyright Office personnel on development of policy proposals; and preparing a final report for presentation to the Copyright Office. This will require a student commitment to two quarters of work during the Fall and Winter Quarters. Students may normally receive no more than four units for a Policy Lab practicum and no more than a total of eight units of Policy Lab practicums and Directed Research projects combined may be counted toward graduation unless additional units for graduation are approved in advanced by the Petitions Committee. A student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. Elements used in grading: As agreed to by instructor. Consent Application: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

| Units: 2-3 | Repeatable 4 times (up to 8 units total)

LAW 413G: Policy Practicum: Social Mobility In Higher Education

The Mobility Project will explore ways to increase the representation at elite universities of high achieving students who are socioeconomically disadvantaged. Economically disadvantaged students are underrepresented at most selective colleges or universities. This despite the fact that in recent years a number of prominent universities (Stanford among them) have made their financial aid policies considerably more generous for students from lower income families.nRecent research indicates that the pool of resource disadvantaged, high achieving high school students is much larger than commonly thought. Each year, there are more than 25,000 high school seniors from relatively low income families whose standardized test scores and grades place them in the top 4% of high school students, making it likely that they could be admitted to, receive financial aid from, and thrive at a selective institution. Yet many thousands of these talented students do not apply to any top tier college. Some do not even apply to any four year school. nThis failure in the matching of students to schools is socially significant. While higher education has long been a means of promoting mobility for individuals and across generations, the economic benefits of advanced education are even greater now than in past eras. Thus, it has become especially important that universities provide an avenue of advancement for talented students of all backgrounds.nThe Mobility Project is also timely given the likelihood of increasing restrictions on race-based affirmative action. Expanding access to elite colleges for economically disadvantaged students will also contribute to the racial diversity of those institutions. The group of low income, high achievers is more racially diverse (and more specifically, has a higher representation of African Americans and Latinos) than the group of high achieving students from affluent families.nWe will examine a variety of initiatives to increase the enrollment at elite universities of high achieving economically disadvantaged students. We hope to assemble a small interdisciplinary team of faculty and students from the Schools of Law, Education, and Humanities and Sciences to explore scalable interventions. Students have the option to write papers for Research credit with instructor approval. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments, Final Paper. Consent Application: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors at rbanks@law.stanford.edu and pbrest@law.stanford.edu. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

| Units: 2 | Repeatable 4 times (up to 8 units total)

LAW 413H: Policy Practicum: State Law Enforcement Access to Customer Records of Communication Companies

If California Senate Bill SCR 54 is enacted, as seems likely, the California Law Revision Commission will be tasked with modernizing California statutory law on law enforcement access to customer records of cell phone providers, internet service providers, social media companies, and other mobile and internet-based communication providers. The Commission would like us to prepare a thorough and balanced background study of the relevant legal and policy concerns, including civil liberties, public safety, and the scope of federal preemption in the area, with an emphasis on new and emerging communication services. This is likely to be a high profile project, with close attention from the Legislature and many interest groups. nThis project involves complex issues under the Fourth Amendment and such statutory structures as the Electronic Communications Privacy Act. Completion of the course in Criminal Investigation is a prerequisite, with exceptions only for those with demonstrable alternative background in Fourth Amendment law.nElements used in grading: As agreed to by instructor. Consent Application: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

| Units: 2 | Repeatable 4 times (up to 8 units total)

LAW 413I: Policy Practicum: Tax Regulatory Project

The changing economic landscape places great stress on the tax legislative process. This stress is magnified by flaws in existing statutes, and by taxpayer attempts to exploit those flaws. There are no statutory rules governing hundreds of billions of dollars of annual transactions. Much of this void is filled in (imperfectly) by Treasury regulations. This practicum will take a close look at one or two issues raised by one proposed Treasury regulation. We will look at the relevant literature, talk to stakeholders, and (possibly) and in our individual names, provide public comments and testimony on the regulation. Since the primary output will be a public (and therefore published in the leading tax journal, Tax Notes) comment, the course will offer Professional Writing (PW) credit. Students with a research interest in this area that is aligned with the project can with permission of the professor write a paper that receives Research (R) credit. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from the PW section (01) to the R section (02) with consent of the instructor. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Written Assignments or Research Paper. Consent Application: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

| Units: 3 | Repeatable 3 times (up to 8 units total)

LAW 413J: Policy Practicum: Court-Supervised Remediation of Complex Environmental Problems

The Law School's Environmental Law Clinic is representing an environmental group in a lawsuit against the Monterey County Water Resources Agency. The suit asserts that the agency has been polluting both surface and ground waters in the Salinas River Valley and Elkhorn Slough by discharging pesticide-laden farm irrigation run-off in violation of California environmental laws. If the plaintiffs prevail, the appropriate injunctive relief is likely to be complex. Neither the precise dimensions of the problem nor those of the most effective interventions to remedy it are known. So, ideally, relief should combine adaptive flexibility for the agency, meaningful accountability to the plaintiffs and the public, and an opportunity for all parties to learn in the process of the implementation. Policy Lab students will work with Professors Deborah Sivas (lead plaintiffs¿ counsel) and Bill Simon on some aspect of a possible remedial regime. Students may normally receive no more than four units for a Policy Lab practicum and no more than a total of eight units of Policy Lab practicums and Directed Research projects combined may be counted toward graduation unless additional units for graduation are approved in advanced by the Petitions Committee. A student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. Consent Application: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Final Paper.

| Units: 2 | Repeatable 4 times (up to 8 units total)

LAW 413K: Policy Practicum: Stream Flow Restoration Transactions

Water in the West (a joint program of the Woods Institute and the Lane Center for the American West) is working with the National Fish and Wildlife Foundation (NFWF) on research related to water rights transactions that restore water to the environment. Rivers in the western United States are subject to significant water withdrawals that have had major impacts on the health of their ecosystems. In an effort to restore the health of such rivers, a number of conservation groups have begun to facilitate voluntary transactions to restore water to the environment, such as acquiring water rights and funding irrigation efficiency improvements. NFWF has extensive experience with these efforts through its funding of the Columbia Basin Water Transaction Program and implementation of the Walker Basin Restoration Program, and intends to expand its efforts to other parts of the West. It faces the challenge of deciding where to invest funds and resources in order to achieve the greatest conservation benefits for available dollars. Students in this policy lab will assist NFWF in the development of an assessment methodology for identifying and analyzing watersheds in the western United States as potential locations for expanding its efforts. Our work will focus on evaluating western states in terms of the extent to which they allow the transfer of water rights for environmental use and in terms of the regulatory, financial, and social hurdles such transactions face in each state. We will also analyze data related to stream flow alteration and work with NFWF to integrate this information into its broader assessment. Finally, we will work with NFWF staff to integrate our work into their broader assessment and help them begin to evaluate specific candidate watersheds. Elements used in grading: As agreed to by instructor. Consent Application: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

| Units: 1-3 | Repeatable 4 times (up to 8 units total)

LAW 413L: Policy Practicum: Advising Congress on Health Policy

This policy lab will conduct research on national health policy problems for the Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, or MedPAC (MedPAC is an independent Congressional agency established by the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 to advise the U.S. Congress on issues affecting the Medicare program). Students will work in teams with lawyers and PhD economists from MedPAC, resident and fellow physicians from Stanford Hospital, and other students from throughout the University on one of two topics:nExpanding the healthcare workforce through reform of states' scope of practice regulation. This project will examine how changes in licensing rules governing health care providers' allowed scope of practice can accommodate the expansion of demand for health services due to the Affordable Care Act and other factors. Specific questions include: 1) Under existing state law, what additional tasks can non-physicians such as nurse practitioners, physician assistants, and pharmacists undertake that would reduce cost and/or improve quality? 2) What changes to state law might expand the allowed scope of practice of non-physicians that would reduce cost and/or improve quality? 3) What incentives might the federal government provide, either through Medicare or other means, to encourage states to reform optimally their scope of practice rules to reflect new available technologies?nDesigning antitrust policy to achieve the benefits of coordination and avoid the costs of consolidation. On one hand, closer links between physicians, hospitals, and other health care providers has the potential to reduce cost and improve quality by improving communication across care settings, avoiding wasteful duplication of effort, and reducing medical errors. On the other hand, consolidation may be used to exploit consumers by facilitating the exercise of health care providers' market power. This tension has become especially important due to incentives in the Affordable Care Act that encourage doctors and hospitals to join together in Accountable Care Organizations. This project will examine the following questions: 1) How can the U.S. Department of Justice and Federal Trade Commission use existing federal antitrust law to allow welfare-improving coordination while prohibiting welfare-reducing consolidation in ways that minimize costs of enforcement, including the legal uncertainty facing providers? 2) Can adoption of health-care-specific antitrust laws, such as those proposed or enacted in Massachusetts and California, effectively fill in the gaps in existing federal antitrust laws? 3) What incentives might the federal government provide, through design of reimbursement policies in the Medicare program, to complement federal and state antitrust laws?nConsent Application: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline. Elements used in grading: Written Assignments, Final Paper. This course is cross-listed with HRP 222A and B.

| Units: 2 | Repeatable 4 times (up to 8 units total)

LAW 413M: Policy Practicum: Stereotype Threat and Higher Education

A large body of social psychological research has established the existence of stereotype threat--a worry that one might be viewed through the lens of a negative intellectual stereotype. This concern provokes anxiety and can undermine the academic performance of members of negatively stereotyped groups, underrepresented minority groups in particular. Stereotype threat acts like an intellectual headwind.nThis project will consider changes that colleges and universities institutions might undertake to reduce the effect of stereotype threat.nElements use in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments, Final Paper.nConsent Application: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

| Units: 2 | Repeatable 4 times (up to 8 units total)

LAW 413P: Policy Practicum: Wildlife Trafficking: Stopping the Scourge

This policy lab seminar will address the international wildlife trafficking crisis, with a focus on legal and policy tools that can help combat the scourge. The price of ivory on black markets has skyrocketed and elephant and rhino populations in Africa are being decimated. At current poaching rates, African elephants could be wiped out within 8 to 10 years. Trafficking also is hitting tigers, great apes, sharks and other important species. The seminar will key into the President's recent Executive Order on this subject (E.O. 13658, issued on July 1, 2013) and related international efforts to reduce the killing in host countries, the transshipment of poached materials, and consumer demand for ivory and other wildlife parts. The seminar will address US laws and their role in addressing trade in wildlife parts. It also will undertake a comparative review of the legal structures in relevant African and Asian nations, and the potential role of the international endangered species treaty (CITES) and transnational enforcement efforts in cracking down on ivory and other wildlife-related trafficking. The seminar will review prior poaching crises, including the elephant/ivory crisis in the late 1980s, and evaluate why the strategies that reduced killings in the 1990s are no longer successful. Based on these analyses, the class will develop and submit recommendations for reforms to US, African, and international laws and practices to two groups established under the Executive Order: (1) the President's Wildlife Trafficking Task Force, which is chaired by the Secretaries of State and Interior and the Attorney General; and (2) the Wildlife Trafficking Advisory Council, which is composed of outside experts who are advising the Task Force. (Professor Hayes is an appointed member of the Advisory Council.) Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Final Paper. Students may normally receive no more than four units for a Policy Lab practicum and no more than a total of eight units of Policy Lab practicums and Directed Research projects combined may be counted toward graduation unless additional units for graduation are approved in advanced by the Petitions Committee. A student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. Consent Application: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

| Units: 2 | Repeatable 4 times (up to 8 units total)

LAW 413Q: Policy Practicum: Constitutional Design in Libya: The Division of National & Provincial Powers

Libya's government has experienced significant strains stemming from various interest groups and armed militias calling for federalism. The General National Congress, elected in 2012, is mandated to form a government, promulgate legislation for Libya's transitional period, and establish a constitution-drafting entity. A de facto federal structure has emerged since the fall of the Qaddafi regime, and it appears that a federal state structure is the only way forward for Libya. Even a decentralized framework may be threatened, however, if it does not clearly delineate the powers of the executive heads of provincial territories. Students in this Practicum will work to support the Public Interest Law and Policy Group PILPG), a pro bono international law firm, which in turn is providing advice to civil society groups in Libya. To assist PILPG in supporting its clients' engagement on constitutional issues and decentralization, students in this Practicum will develop a legal memorandum analyzing comparative state practice of the distribution of powers between the national executive and provincial level executives in federal or decentralized states. The memorandum will address approaches states have taken on key issues such as whether the national executive can remove the heads of provincial governments; whether the provincial executive has a role in national-level policies; whether provincial executives maintain any control over the military; and whether the provincial executives' powers can supersede the national executive's powers on certain regional issues. State practice from the Middle East and North Africa region will be of particular relevance to PILPG's Libyan clients, but state practice examples will ultimately be selected based on their value in explaining or illustrating mechanisms and processes that shed light on the efficacy of different approaches to distributing powers between national and provincial executives. Students may normally receive no more than four units for a Policy Lab practicum and no more than a total of eight units of Policy Lab practicums and Directed Research projects combined may be counted toward graduation unless additional units for graduation are approved in advanced by the Petitions Committee. A student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. Consent Application: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline. Elements used in grading: Class participation, Written Assignments.

| Units: 1 | Repeatable 4 times (up to 8 units total)

LAW 413R: Policy Practicum: The National Environmental Policy Act: Pushing the Reset Button

This policy lab will focus on recommendations for the reform and modernization of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) -- the granddaddy of our environmental laws. NEPA is a disclosure statute which requires that before federal officials can issue a permit, commit federal funds, or otherwise take an action that may have a significant impact on the environment, decision-makers must have the opportunity to review an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) that analyzes the potential environmental consequences of the proposed action and its alternatives. Many critics from both the right and left are dissatisfied with the way that NEPA and its state analogues are being implemented, prompting some legislators to advocate statutory overrides and agency officials to expand the use of categorical exemptions. Meanwhile, NEPA proponents are interested in making the environmental review process more user-friendly and efficient, while preserving its core disclosure requirements. In this policy lab, students will review, analyze, and develop positions on potential NEPA reform options. Students will interact with NEPA experts at the White House¿s Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) and produce work product that CEQ can use as it responds to Congressional and outside pressure to reform the NEPA process. Students may normally receive no more than four units for a Policy Lab practicum and no more than a total of eight units of Policy Lab practicums and Directed Research projects combined may be counted toward graduation unless additional units for graduation are approved in advanced by the Petitions Committee. A student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Final Paper. Consent Application: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

| Units: 2

LAW 413S: Policy Practicum: Carbon Pollution Standards and Carbon Taxes

This policy lab seminar will address the ongoing effort by the Environmental Protection Agency to reduce carbon pollution from electric power plants. The EPA is currently in the process of writing New Source Performance Standards for new and existing coal and natural gas fired electric power plants. A critical question in writing these rules will be the extent to which EPA can allow for economically efficient approaches to cutting emissions. States, including California, industry, and environmental groups are all pushing EPA to incorporate some sort of emissions pricing as either a safe harbor or to propose it as a Federal Implementation Plan that States may choose to join. By doing so, not only will costs fall for regulated sectors but also, deeper cuts in emissions may become feasible. Almost all parties expect, based on prior precedent, that such a proposal will take the form of a cap-and-trade or at least some sort of mass-based cap on emissions. Adele Morris, the Policy Director for the Climate and Energy Economics Project at the Brookings Institution, has asked for our assistance in formulating and assessing the legal implications of an alternative proposal - a carbon tax. Students will prepare briefings and written comments to EPA and OMB explaining the potential benefits of a carbon tax approach to New Source Performance Standards as well as exploring the legal risks that might be created by this approach. We anticipate that students will also participate in briefings with key OMB and EPA Air and Radiation staff involved in drafting the proposed rule. The New Source Performance Standard rulemaking for greenhouse gases is the most environmentally and economically significant regulatory effort that EPA will undertake this decade. Partnering with Brookings will allow us to both leverage legal and economic expertise and to inject students into the most exciting environmental policy making currently underway in the United States. Doing so now, before the draft rule is published, allows us to exert maximum influence before the agency loses flexibility to respond to outside input. To develop skills relevant to the work of practicing lawyers, students will research and write parts of memos and written comments to EPA and OMB on behalf of Morris based on their research into various legal and policy aspects of Clean Air Act Section 111 as applied to the problem of power plant emissions. These assignments, for Writing (W) or Professional Writing (PW), or Research (R) credit, will be due before the end of the quarter. Students must obtain the instructor¿s approval of their election to take the course for writing (PW or W) or research (R) credit. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. Students may normally receive no more than four units for a Policy Lab practicum and no more than a total of eight units of Policy Lab practicums and Directed Research projects combined may be counted toward graduation unless additional units for graduation are approved in advanced by the Petitions Committee. A student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. Consent Application: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

| Units: 2 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 8 units total)

LAW 413T: Policy Practicum: Human Rights in the Americas: the Inter-American System

In this practicum, students will contribute to analyses of the current state of human rights in the Americas and, in particular, to analyses of areas of focus for the Inter-American Commission (the "Commission"). Students will become familiar with international and regional standards in human rights and with the procedures, history and practice of the Commission and will contribute, through their policy analysis, to the work of the Commission. Working independently and/or in teams, students will prepare studies on situations of rights abuse, as well as on best practices across the region. The scope of students' work product will expand as they acquire more expertise with international standards and transnational comparative tools in policy analysis. Fluency in Spanish or Portuguese helpful, but not required. One or more students may travel in conjunction with this practicum to sessions of the Inter-American Commission in October/November 2014. This course will be offered in the Fall of 2014. While priority will be given to students who enrolled in the course in the Spring of 2014, all students are encouraged to apply. Special Instructions: Students must enroll with a minimum of 3 units, but are encouraged to enroll in 4 units. This class meets the PW requirement. NOTE: Students may not count more than a combined total of eight units of directed research projects and policy lab practica toward graduation unless the additional counted units are approved in advance by the Petitions Committee. Such approval will be granted only for good cause shown. Even in the case of a successful petition for additional units, a student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. For detailed information, see "Directed Research/Policy Labs" in the SLS Student Handbook. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline. Students who have taken the practicum in the Spring of 2014 have consent to take this course in the Fall of 2014 and need not file a Consent Application. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments.

| Units: 3-4 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 8 units total)

LAW 413U: Policy Practicum: Next Steps in Network Neutrality

Earlier this year, the Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit struck down the Federal Communications Commission's Open Internet rules. This policy practicum will help policy makers assess the available options in the wake of the court's decision. In December 2010, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) adopted the Open Internet Order, which enacted binding network neutrality rules for the first time. Network neutrality rules limit the ability of Internet service providers to interfere with the applications, content and services on their networks; they allow users to decide how they want to use the Internet without interference from Internet service providers. In January of this year, the Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit struck down the core provisions of the Open Internet Order - the rules against blocking and discrimination. The decision combined two wins for the FCC with one decisive loss. According to the Court, the FCC has authority to regulate providers of broadband Internet access service under Section 706 of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, and the FCC's justification for the Open Internet Order is "reasonable and supported by substantial evidence." The no-blocking and non-discrimination rules, the Court found, however, violate the Communications Act's ban on imposing common carrier obligations on entities like Internet service providers that the FCC has not classified as telecommunications service providers under Title II of the Communications Act. As a result of this ruling, Internet service providers like Verizon, AT&T or Cox Cable that connect users to the Internet are now free to block any content, service or application they want. They can slow down selected applications, speed up others, or ask application or content providers like Netflix or Spotify to pay fees to reach their users. These practices would fundamentally change how we experience the Internet. In the wake of the Court's decision, policy makers, stakeholders and observers are debating how to best ensure that the Internet remains open and free. Policy makers essentially have three options: First, the FCC can preserve the Open Internet Rules by reclassifying Internet service as a telecommunications service under Title II of the Communications Act. Second, it can develop a different, narrower network neutrality regime under Section 706 of the Telecommunications Act within the boundaries established by the Court of Appeal's decision. Finally, Congress or the FCC can adopt a new network neutrality regime, but only, in the case of the FCC, after reclassifying Internet service as a telecommunications service. In mid-February, the Federal Communications Commission opened a docket within which to consider how the Commission should proceed. Special Instructions: Upon consent of the instructor, students may choose enrollment Option 1 or Option 2: Option 1 (3 units) - Students who elect Option 1 will research and write parts of white papers and comments to the Federal Communications Commission that will help policy makers assess the available options. In special cases, students electing Option 1 may take the policy practicum for 2 units. Students interested in this option should indicate this on their application. Option 2 (1 to 2 units) - In order to elect Option 2, students must concurrently enroll (with consent of instructor) in the seminar component, "Current Issues in Network Neutrality" (2 units), which meets Thursdays from 4:15pm-6:15pm. Students in the policy practicum with the seminar component will research and write parts of white papers and comments to the Federal Communications Commission that will help policy makers assess the available options Students will be required to attend the seminar and participate in the discussion, but will not do any of the written assignments for the seminar. Depending on the type of work in Option 1 or Option 2, students taking the policy practicum for two-units or more may receive professional writing (PW) or research (R) credit. Students must obtain the instructor's approval of their election to take the course for writing (PW or W) or research (R) credit. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from the W/PW writing section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement, with consent of the instructor. The class is open to law students and students from other parts of the university. It does not require any technical background. Consent Application: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for submission deadline.

| Units: 1-3

LAW 414A: Policy Practicum: Central Valley Habitat Exchange

This policy lab will assist in developing more flexible and effective wildlife habitat mitigation tools for use in California's Central Valley, a landscape that presents the challenge of taking advantage of the habitat potential provided by working agricultural lands. Habitat mitigation is an important tool under a variety of environmental and wildlife protection statutes, both state and federal. Current regulatory frameworks usually require that habitat mitigation employ permanent easements or long-term contracts fixed in particular locations, despite the fact that species have changing habitat needs. Many species are migratory and must move across the landscape to survive; a changing climate and shifting human activity only increase the dynamic nature of habitat needs. To ensure that species and their habitat are protected in the most effective manner possible, legal and policy frameworks must be structured to address this and other challenges. Additionally, there is a need for a robust market mechanism that recognizes the inherent natural capital and species habitat provided by working agricultural lands, and compensates landowners for the value of those resources. In the face of significant upcoming conservation and mitigation needs for California, new policies and regulatory frameworks are necessary, and must be rooted in rigorous science, be consistent with existing legal frameworks, and accomplish the dual goals of promoting species recovery and maintaining agricultural production. Students in the Law and Policy Lab will analyze cutting edge issues related to species habitat and protection. They will help provide recommendations to the Central Valley Habitat Exchange (CVHE) in the development of more flexible and marketable habitat mitigation tools that can be used under a variety of programs, including the Endangered Species Act, the Clean Water Act, state wildlife laws, and the Bay Delta Conservation Plan. The CVHE is a new initiative taking advantage of the emerging market of habitat credits by maximize the benefits of the habitat that willing agricultural landowners can provide. The CVHE will facilitate investment in conservation and restoration of vital and dynamic Central Valley floodplain and riparian habitat by promoting, monitoring and assisting in the exchange of habitat credits. Students will tackle issues of permanence and change from legal, policy, economic, and scientific perspectives, depending on their existing skill set and research needs. During the quarter, visitors from the CVHE Working Group - which includes members from national environmental non-profits, government agencies, and the private sector - will share their perspectives, and students will be invited to present their findings and make recommendations to help inform development of the CVHE. The course will meet at a mutually convenient time that will be chosen after the quarter begins. Meetings will include a mix of individual meetings and group meetings. Special Instructions: This practicum is offered in autumn quarter and winter quarter. Students enrolled in autumn quarter who intend to continue with the practicum will be given preference in winter quarter. NOTE: Students may not count more than a combined total of eight units of directed research projects and policy lab practica toward graduation unless the additional counted units are approved in advance by the Petitions Committee. Such approval will be granted only for good cause shown. Even in the case of a successful petition for additional units, a student cannot receive a letter grade for more than eight units of independent research (Policy Lab practicum, Directed Research, Senior Thesis, and/or Research Track). Any units taken in excess of eight will be graded on a mandatory pass basis. For detailed information, see "Directed Research/Policy Labs" in the SLS Student Handbook. CONSENT APPLICATION: To apply for this course, students must complete and e-mail the Consent Application Form available on the SLS Registrar's Office website (see Registration and Selection of Classes for Stanford Law Students) to the instructors. See Consent Application Form for contact information and submission deadline. Elements used in grading: As agreed to by instructor.

| Units: 3 | Repeatable 2 times (up to 8 units total)

| Units: 2-3

Instructors: ; Genesen, T. (PI)

LAW 537: The United States Senate as a Legal Institution

This course will familiarize students with major, and/or emerging legal and constitutional issues concerning the U.S. Senate. In so doing, it will examine: 1) the Senate's nature as a complex legal institution, and 2) the issue of the Senate's legitimacy in the context of the current and largely unprecedented criticism of the Senate from all parts of the political spectrum. This first portion of the course will consider institutional-legitimacy issues facing the Senate, including the appointment of senators to fill vacancies as well as disputes concerning Senate rules and procedures such as the filibuster and holds. The second part of the course will explore how the Senate interfaces with the Constitution and the Supreme Court. It will examine how senators should regard the issue of constitutionality in voting on legislation, be it campaign-finance reform, internet decency, or health care. This part of the course will also consider how senators should approach proposed constitutional amendments. The final portion of the course will review the wide range of issues that have emerged in recent years regarding the constitutional relationship between the Senate and the Executive Branch, including the increasingly acrimonious issue of the standard to apply to executive appointments under the advice and consent power. Particular emphasis on this part of the course will be given to issues that have gained greater prominence since 9/11, including the relationship between enacted, constitutional legislation and the presidential assertion of Article II powers, as well as the Senate's abdication of its Article I war-declaration power.

| Units: 3

LAW 540: Litigation and Institutional Design

This seminar will focus on issues of institutional design as they relate to complex litigation in the contemporary American legal system. Topics addressed will include explanations for the general move away from regulation and toward litigation in recent decades, the legal and policy implications of that trend, and contemporary efforts to retrench or remake the system. We will examine these topics from a number of substantive and procedural angles using case law, readings, and case studies. We will explore such disparate substantive areas of law as employment discrimination, securities regulation, qui tam actions, and mass torts. We will also discuss trans-substantive topics such as the class action device, private enforcement of public law (through regimes that deputize "private attorneys general" as enforcers), and federal regulatory pre-emption. Though the seminar will integrate knowledge from a number of fields of law and from other disciplines, emphasis will be given to the functional analysis of practical problems of institutional design. (Note: This course was previously titled "Reconstructing the Litigation State.") Grades will be based on class participation and either (1) several short reflection papers or (2) an independent research paper with consent of the instructor. After the term begins, students accepted into the course can transfer from section (01) into section (02), which meets the R requirement,with consent of the instructor. Students taking the course for R credit can take the course for either 2 or 3 units, depending on the paper length. Writing (W) credit is for 3Ls only. Elements used in grading: Class participation, attendance, reflection papers or research paper.

| Units: 2-3

LAW 543: Entrepreneurship, Leadership and Law in Social Enterprises

Many believe that society's greatest challenges have already been solved by social entrepreneurs and the challenge is how to take their ideas to scale. However, it has become increasingly difficult to start and sustain social ventures. The lines between the public and private sectors have become increasingly blurry as best practices in the social sector now include innovation, strategy and accountability. This course will expose students to the work of social entrepreneurs in social enterprises - focusing primarily on domestic non-profit organizations. Using the "case study method" typically used in MBA programs, students will examine the challenges of starting, counseling, serving, funding and scaling social ventures through the eyes of the entrepreneur, investor, attorney and community leader. The course will explore the intricacies of remaining mission driven, talent, board relations, managing and sustaining growth, the changing role of corporate governance, and leveraging private sector partnerships and resources. Students will also explore innovative public / private sector partnerships and the challenges and opportunities of engaging diverse partners with differing agendas. The course will include guest speakers from the fields of law, business and the social sector. Throughout, students will explore the valuable roles that attorneys can and have played in such ventures. Students will be expected to attend, participate actively, present to the class and write reflection papers. Elements used in grading: Reflection Papers.

| Units: 2

LAW 554: International Commercial Arbitration

This course is designed to provide students with an introduction to the theory and practice of international commercial arbitration, the preferred method of dispute resolution in international trade and commerce. It will familiarize students with the framework of international treaties and federal and state laws that undergird the international arbitral system and explore U.S. jurisprudence on the respective roles of courts and arbitral tribunals in resolving disputes subject to international arbitration. In addition the course will analyze alternatives in drafting international arbitration clauses, including the applicable arbitration rules, the significance of the agreed-upon place of arbitration, the number of arbitrators, and the method of their selection. The course will also impart a practical, in-depth understanding of each of the principal stages of arbitration, including the enforcement of the arbitration agreement; initiation of the arbitral proceedings; the availability of provisional remedies; the conduct of the arbitration from the pleading stage through discovery and briefing to the hearing; the arbitral tribunal's preparation of the award; and the judicial enforcement proceedings that conclude the process. Although the course will focus on the practice of international arbitration from the U.S. perspective, it will also introduce students to perspectives from other leading civil and common law jurisdictions. Elements used in grading: Class Attendance, Class Participation, Final Exam.

LAW 743: Advanced Legal Writing for American Courts

This course orients LLM, advanced degree students, and JD students to a range of legal writing genres used by lawyers in practice before American courts and by courts in their decision making. At the core of these genres are the techniques of legal research, objective and persuasive legal writing, and related legal analysis. The course presents students with realistic legal writing scenarios that they address in and out of class. Students perform legal research and prepare an analytical memorandum advising a hypothetical judge and write a short letter brief. These assignments are designed to help students adapt their writing skills by incorporating methods that American lawyers use to analyze typical legal problems and to advocate on behalf of their clients and that American judges use to evaluate the cases before them. Elements used in grading: Class Participation, Attendance, Written Assignments.

| Units: 3

Instructors: ; Allan, R. (PI)

LAW 201: Civil Procedure I

LAW 203: Constitutional Law

LAW 205: Contracts

LAW 207: Criminal Law

LAW 217: Property

LAW 218: JSD Research Colloquium

LAW 219: Legal Research and Writing

LAW 220: Regulatory Economics

LAW 222: Legal Research: Advanced

LAW 222: Advanced Legal Research

LAW 223: Torts

LAW 224: Federal Litigation: Coursework

LAW 224B: Federal Litigation: Methods

LAW 225A: Immigrants' Rights Clinic: Clinical Practice

LAW 225B: Immigrants' Rights Clinic: Clinical Methods

LAW 225C: Immigrants' Rights Clinic: Clinical Coursework

LAW 226: Accounting

LAW 227: The Political Economy of Energy Policy

LAW 230: Creation of the Constitution

LAW 233: Antitrust

LAW 233: Antitrust

LAW 236: Art and the Law

LAW 236: Art and the Law

LAW 238: Administrative Law

LAW 238: Administrative Law

LAW 238: Administrative Law

LAW 239: Writing Workshop: Law and Creativity

LAW 240: Bankruptcy

LAW 242: Corporations

LAW 242: Corporations

LAW 243: Bayesian Statistics and Econometrics

LAW 245: China Law and Business

LAW 248: Corporate Reorganization

LAW 248: Corporate Reorganization

LAW 253: Advanced Civil Procedure

LAW 255: Constitutional Law: The Fourteenth Amendment

LAW 255: Constitutional Law: The Fourteenth Amendment

LAW 259: State-Building and the Rule of Law Workshop

LAW 260: Contemporary Issues in Law and Politics

LAW 262: Corporate Finance I

LAW 262: Corporate Finance I

LAW 266A: Juelsgaard Intellectual Property and Innovation Clinic: Clinical Practice

LAW 266B: Juelsgaard Intellectual Property and Innovation Clinic: Clinical Methods

LAW 266C: Juelsgaard Intellectual Property and Innovation Clinic: Clinical Coursework

LAW 268: Democracy and the Constitution

LAW 269: Foreign Affairs and the Constitution

LAW 272A: Organizations and Transactions Clinic: Clinical Practice

LAW 272B: Organizations and Transactions Clinic: Clinical Methods

LAW 272C: Organizations and Transactions Clinic: Clinical Coursework

LAW 274: Advanced Immigrants' Rights Clinic

LAW 277: Economic Analysis of Law

LAW 278: The Article III Judge

LAW 280: Toxic Harms

LAW 281: Natural Resources Law and Policy

LAW 283: Federal Courts

LAW 283: Federal Courts

LAW 283: Federal Courts

LAW 285: International Trade Regulation

LAW 285: International Trade Regulation

LAW 287: Advanced Juelsgaard Intellectual Property and Innovation Clinic

LAW 288: Governance and Ethics: Anti-Corruption Law, Compliance and Enforcement

LAW 290: Evidence

LAW 290: Evidence

LAW 290: Evidence

LAW 291: Evidence, Advanced

LAW 293: Family Law

LAW 293: Family Law

LAW 297: Entertainment Law

LAW 300: Securities Litigation

LAW 301: Labor Law

LAW 304: Law and the Rhetorical Tradition

LAW 304: Law and the Rhetorical Tradition

LAW 307: Gender, Law, and Public Policy

LAW 308: Cultural Heritage Law and Policy

LAW 311: Comparative Law

LAW 311: Comparative Law

LAW 312: Criminal Procedure: Investigation

LAW 315: Criminal Procedure: Adjudication

LAW 317: The Criminal Trial Jury